CIT GROUP HOLDINGS INC /DE/
S-1, 1995-05-10
SHORT-TERM BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: CHEMED CORP, 10-Q, 1995-05-10
Next: VALERO ENERGY CORP, S-8, 1995-05-10




      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 1995
                                                      Registration No. 33-
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington D.C. 20549
                               ------------------
                             FORM S-1 AND FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ------------------
                           CIT RV OWNER TRUST 1995-A
              (Issuer with respect to the Notes and Certificates)

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II
                   (Originator of the Trust described herein)

                          THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
                 (Issuer with respect to the Limited Guarantee)
               (Exact name as specified in originator's charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>                                              <C>    
          Delaware                                         6146                                        22-3328188
          Delaware                             (Primary Standard Industrial                            13-2994534
(State or other jurisdiction                   Classification Code Number)                          (I.R.S. Employer
     of incorporation or                                                                         Identification Number)
        organization)
</TABLE>

The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II        The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.
           650 CIT Drive                           1211 Avenue of the Americas
     Livingston, New Jersey  07039                   New York, New York 10036
          (201) 740-5000                                  (212) 536-1950
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
                               ------------------
                                ERNEST D. STEIN
             Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
                          The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.
                          1211 Avenue of the Americas
                            New York, New York 10036
                    (Name and address of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:

Paul N. Watterson, Esq.                          Reed D. Auerbach Esq.
SCHULTE ROTH & ZABEL                             Stroock & Stroock & Lavan
900 Third Avenue                                 7 Hanover Square
New York, New York  10022                        New York, New York  10004

                               ------------------
        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]

                               ------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                             Proposed              Proposed
                                                                              maximum               maximum
                                                        Amount               offering              aggregate             Amount of
       Title of each class of                            to be               price per             offering            Registration
    securities to be Registered                       Registered              unit(1)               price(1)               fee(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                     <C>                 <C>                    <C>    
Class A __% Asset Backed Notes                         $500,000                100%                $500,000               $173.00
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
__% Asset Backed Certificates
- ---------------------------------------                $500,000                100%                $500,000               $173.00
Limited Guarantee of The CIT
Group Holdings, Inc. (2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                 $1,000,000               100%               $1,000,000              $346.00
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

     (1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee on
the basis of the proposed maximum offering price per unit.

     (2) To be issued in  connection  with  issuance  of the ___%  Asset  Backed
Certificates.

                               ------------------

     The Registrants  hereby amend this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be  necessary  to delay its  effective  date until the  Registrants
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or until this  Registration  Statement
shall become  effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
================================================================================

<PAGE>



                  The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II

                           CIT RV Owner Trust 1995-A

                              --------------------

                        Cross Reference Sheet Furnished
                   Pursuant to Rule 501(b) of Regulation S-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Caption or Location
     Item and Caption in Form S-1                                          in Prospectus
     ----------------------------                                    -------------------------- 
<S>                                                                  <C>
 1.  Forepart of Registration Statement and
     Outside Cover Page of Prospectus.............................   Forepart of Registration
                                                                     Statement and Outside Front
                                                                     Cover Page of Prospectus

 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
     of Prospectus................................................   Inside Front Cover Page and
                                                                     Outside Back Cover Page of
                                                                     Prospectus

 3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and
     Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................   Summary; Special
                                                                     Considerations; The Contract
                                                                     Pool

 4.  Use of Proceeds..............................................   Use of Proceeds

 5.  Determination of Offering Price..............................                 *

 6.  Dilution.....................................................                 *

 7.  Selling Security Holders.....................................                 *

 8.  Plan of Distribution.........................................   Underwriting

 9.  Description of Securities to be
     Registered...................................................   Summary; Structure of the
                                                                     Transaction; The Contract
                                                                     Pool; Pool Factors; The
                                                                     Notes; The Certificates

10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.......................                 *

11.  Information With Respect to the
     Registrant...................................................   The CIT Group Securitization
                                                                     Corporation II, Seller

12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
     Indemnification for Securities Act
     Liabilities..................................................                 *
</TABLE>


- --------------

*  Answer negative or item inapplicable.


<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED May __, 1995

                              $
                               ------------------

                           CIT RV Owner TRUST 1995-A
                  $          , Class A    % Asset Backed Notes
                   
                   $               % Asset Backed Certificates

                               ------------------

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II
                                     Seller

                      THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.
                                    Servicer

                               ------------------

     The CIT RV Owner Trust 1995-A (the "Trust" or the "Issuer")  will be formed
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, to be dated as of [June 1, 1995], between The CIT
Group  Securitization  Corporation  II  (the  "Company"  or  the  "Seller")  and
__________________,  as trustee  (the "Owner  Trustee"),  and will issue Class A
___%  Asset  Backed  Notes  (the  "Class A Notes")  in the  principal  amount of
$_____________  pursuant  to an  Indenture,  to be dated  as of [June 1,  1995],
between the Issuer and _____________,  as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The
Trust will also issue ___% Asset Backed  Certificates (the  "Certificates"  and,
together  with  the  Notes,  the   "Securities")  in  the  principal  amount  of
$____________.  The  Certificates  will have the benefit of a limited  guarantee
(the "Limited  Guarantee") of The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc.  ("CIT") to protect
against losses that would  otherwise be absorbed by the  Certificateholders.  To
the extent  that funds on deposit in the  Certificate  Distribution  Account are
insufficient  to pay the amounts to which the  Certificateholders  are entitled,
CIT will be obligated to pay the Guarantee Payment (as defined herein). See "The
Purchase Agreements and The Trust Documents--Credit Enhancement" herein.

     The  assets of the Trust  will  include  a pool of simple  interest  retail
installment sale contracts (the "Initial Contracts") secured by the new and used
recreational  vehicles  financed  thereby  (the  "Initial  Financed  Vehicles"),
certain monies received under the Initial  Contracts on and after [June 1, 1995]
(the  "Initial  Cut-off  Date"),  security  interests  in the  Initial  Financed
Vehicles, the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account, the Certificate
Distribution Account, the Reserve Fund, the Capitalized Interest Account and the
Pre-Funding  Account,  in each case  together  with the  proceeds  thereof,  the
proceeds from                                      (Continued on following page)

                               ------------------

       THE SECURITIES WILL REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST AND WILL NOT
             REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE CIT GROUP
   SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC. OR ANY
                        OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.

                               ------------------

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Price to Public(1)         Underwriting Discounts           Proceeds to the
                                                                          and Commissions               Company(1)(2)

<S>                                         <C>                          <C>                            <C>    
Per Class A Note                                       %                              %                              %

Per Certificate                                        %                              %                              %

Total                                       $                            $                              $

<FN>
(1)  Plus accrued interest at the Class A Rate and the Pass-Through Rate, as appropriate, from ___________, 1995.

(2)  Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $______________.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                               ------------------

     The Notes and the  Certificates  are  offered by the  several  Underwriters
when, as and if issued by the Trust,  delivered and accepted by the Underwriters
and subject to their right to reject  orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that the Securities  will be delivered in book-entry form through the facilities
of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") on the Same Day Funds Settlement System,
and in the case of the Notes, Cedel, societe anonyme ("Cedel") and the Euroclear
System ("Euroclear") on or about June ___, 1995.

                               ------------------

CS FIRST BOSTON                                                    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The date of this Prospectus is ________, 1995.


<PAGE>

claims  under  certain  insurance  policies  in  respect of  individual  Initial
Financed  Vehicles or the related Obligors and certain rights under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  to be dated as of [June 1, 1995] (the "Sale and  Servicing
Agreement"),  among the Seller, the Servicer,  and the Indenture  Trustee.  From
time to time on or before  [September  15,  1995],  additional  simple  interest
retail installment sale contracts (the "Subsequent Contracts" and, together with
the Initial Contracts, the "Contracts") secured by the new and used recreational
vehicles financed thereby (the "Subsequent Financed Vehicles" and, together with
the Initial Financed Vehicles, the "Financed Vehicles"), certain monies received
under the Subsequent Contracts after the related subsequent cut-off dates (each,
a "Subsequent  Cut-off  Date"),  security  interests in the Subsequent  Financed
Vehicles and proceeds from claims under certain insurance policies in respect of
individual  Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles  or  the  related  Obligors  will  be
purchased by the Trust from the Seller from monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account.

     The Notes  will be  secured  by the  assets of the  Trust  (other  than the
Certificate  Distribution Account) pursuant to the Indenture.  The Class A Notes
will bear  interest  at the rate of ___% per annum.  Interest  on the Notes will
generally be payable on the fifteenth day of each month (each,  a  "Distribution
Date"),  commencing  [July 17, 1995].  Principal on the Notes will be payable on
each  Distribution  Date  to  the  extent  described  herein.  The  Certificates
represent  fractional  undivided  interests in the Trust. The Certificates  will
bear interest at the rate of ___% per annum (the  "Pass-Through  Rate") and will
be distributed to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date. Distributions of
interest and principal on the  Certificates  will be subordinated in priority of
payment to payment of interest and principal on the Notes.  No principal will be
paid on the Certificates  until all of the Notes have been paid in full,  except
for payments of the Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount (as defined  herein),  if
any.  The final  scheduled  Distribution  Date for the Class A Notes will be the
__________  Distribution  Date. The final  scheduled  Distribution  Date for the
Certificates will be the __________ Distribution Date.

     There  currently is no secondary  market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters expect, but are not obligated,
to make a market in the  Securities.  There is no assurance that any such market
will  develop,  or if one  does  develop,  that  it  will  continue  or  provide
sufficient liquidity.

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SECURITIES AT A
LEVEL  ABOVE  THAT  WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company and CIT have filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission") on behalf of the Trust a Registration  Statement combined on
Form S-1 and Form S-3 (together with all amendments  and exhibits  thereto,  the
"Registration  Statement"),  of  which  this  Prospectus  is a part,  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Securities being offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration  Statement,  certain parts of which have been omitted in accordance
with the rules and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For  further  information,
reference is made to the  Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits filed as
part  thereof  and  otherwise  incorporated  therein.  Statements  made  in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document filed
as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  or  incorporated  by  reference
therein,  while complete in all material respects,  do not necessarily  describe
all terms or provisions of such  contract,  agreement or other  document.  For a
complete  description,  reference  is made to each such  contract,  agreement or
other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or incorporated
therein.  CIT is subject to the  informational  requirements  of the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  

                                      -2-


<PAGE>



Act"), and in accordance therewith, files reports and other information with the
Commission.  Such reports,  copies of the Registration  Statement,  the exhibits
thereto and other  information  may be inspected,  without  charge at the public
reference  facilities of the Commission at Room 1024 Judiciary Plaza,  Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, and the regional offices
of the Commission at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661,  and Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor, New
York, New York 10048. Copies of such information can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. Certain securities of CIT are listed on the New York
Stock  Exchange  and reports and other  information  concerning  CIT can also be
inspected  at the  offices  of the New York  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.  at 20 Broad
Street,  New York, New York 10005.  The Servicer,  on behalf of the Trust,  will
also file or cause to be filed with the Commission such periodic  reports as are
required under the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder. Such reports and other information filed on behalf of the Trust will
be available for inspection as set forth above.


                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

     Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates  are issued,  monthly and annual
unaudited  reports  containing  information  concerning  the  Contracts  will be
prepared  by the  Servicer  and sent on behalf  of the Trust  only to Cede & Co.
("Cede"),  as  nominee  of DTC  and  registered  holder  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.  Securityholders may elect to hold their securities through any of
DTC (in the United  States) or Cedel or Euroclear (in Europe).  DTC will forward
such reports to  Participants,  Indirect  Participants,  Cedel  Participants and
Euroclear    Participants.    See    "Certain    Information    Regarding    the
Securities--Book-Entry  Registration" and "--Reports to  Securityholders."  Such
reports will not constitute  financial  statements  prepared in accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles.


                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     The following  documents filed with the Commission by CIT are  incorporated
by reference in this Prospectus:

          (a) CIT's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
     1994  together  with the  report  of KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,  independent
     certified public accountants, which report refers to a change in the method
     of accounting for post retirement benefits other than pensions in 1993;

          (b) CIT's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended March
     31, 1995; and

          (c) CIT's Current  Reports on Form 8-K dated January 8, 1995 and April
     11, 1995.

     All documents filed by CIT pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (c), 14, or 15(d)
of the  Exchange Act after the date hereof and prior to the  termination  of the
offering of the securities  offered hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference  herein  and to be a part  hereof  from  the  date of  filing  of such
documents.  Any statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated  by reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or  superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained herein
or in any other  subsequently  filed  document  which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference  herein  modifies or supersedes  such  statement.  Any
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

                                      -3-


<PAGE>

     CIT will provide  without charge to each person to whom this  Prospectus is
delivered,  upon  request,  a copy  of any  or  all of the  foregoing  documents
described  above which have been or may be  incorporated  by  reference  in this
Prospectus  other than  exhibits to such  documents  (unless  such  exhibits are
specifically incorporated by reference into such documents). Such request should
be directed to:

                                 Corporate Secretary
                                 The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.
                                 1211 Avenue of the Americas
                                 New York, New York  10036
                                 (212) 536-1950

                                      -4-


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    SUMMARY

     This  Summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the detailed
information  appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Certain capitalized terms
used in the Summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Reference is made
to the "Index of Principal  Terms" for the location  herein of defined terms and
to the Glossary.

Issuer ....................................  CIT  RV  Owner  Trust  1995-A  (the
                                             "Trust"   or   the   "Issuer"),   a
                                             Delaware   business   trust  to  be
                                             formed by the  Seller and the Owner
                                             Trustee   pursuant   to  the  Trust
                                             Agreement  dated  as  of  [June  1,
                                             1995].

Seller ....................................  The   CIT   Group    Securitization
                                             Corporation II (the  "Company"),  a
                                             wholly-owned,    limited    purpose
                                             subsidiary   of   The   CIT   Group
                                             Holdings, Inc. ("CIT"). Neither CIT
                                             nor   any   of   its    affiliates,
                                             including  the  Company and The CIT
                                             Group/Sales     Financing,     Inc.
                                             ("CITSF"), has guaranteed,  insured
                                             or  is  otherwise   obligated  with
                                             respect to the  Securities,  except
                                             for the limited guarantee  provided
                                             by CIT in favor of the Certificate-
                                             holders  (the "Limited Guarantee").
                                             See   "Special   Considerations  --
                                             Limited Obligations".

Servicer ..................................  The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.
                                             (in  such   capacity   referred  to
                                             herein   as  the   "Servicer"),   a
                                             wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT.

Indenture Trustee .........................       __________________, as trustee
                                             under the  Indenture to be dated as
                                             of [June 1, 1995]  (the  "Indenture
                                             Trustee").

Owner Trustee .............................     ____________________, as trustee
                                             under  the  Trust  Agreement  to be
                                             dated  as of [June  1,  1995]  (the
                                             "Owner Trustee" and,  together with
                                             the    Indenture    Trustee,    the
                                             "Trustees").

Special Considerations ....................  Certain  potential  risks and other
                                             considerations   are   particularly
                                             relevant to a decision to invest in
                                             any securities sold hereunder.  See
                                             "Special Considerations."

The Notes .................................  The CIT RV Owner Trust 1995-A Asset
                                             Backed  Notes  (the  "Notes")  will
                                             represent  obligations of the Trust
                                             secured  by the assets of the Trust
                                             (other    than   the    Certificate


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             Distribution   Account).  See  "The
                                             Notes--General".

                                             The  Trust  will  issue   $________
                                             aggregate principal amount of Class
                                             A  ___%  Asset  Backed  Notes  (the
                                             "Class  A  Notes")  pursuant  to an
                                             Indenture,  to be dated as of [June
                                             1,  1995],  between  the Issuer and
                                             the    Indenture    Trustee    (the
                                             "Indenture").   See  "The   Notes--
                                             General".

                                             The  Notes  will  be  offered   for
                                             purchase  in minimum  denominations
                                             of $1,000 and integral multiples of
                                             $1,000  thereof in book-entry  form
                                             only.   Definitive  Notes  will  be
                                             issued   only  under  the   limited
                                             circumstances   described   herein.
                                             Persons    acquiring     beneficial
                                             interests  in the  Notes  will hold
                                             their    interests    through   The
                                             Depository Trust Company ("DTC") in
                                             the United States or Cedel, societe
                                             anonyme  ("Cedel") or the Euroclear
                                             System   ("Euroclear")  in  Europe.
                                             "Certain   Information    Regarding
                                             the   Securities   --    Book-Entry
                                             Registration"  and  "--  Definitive
                                             Securities".
                                            

The Certificates .........................   The CIT RV Owner Trust  1995-A ___%
                                             Asset  Backed   Certificates   (the
                                             "Certificates"  and,  together with
                                             the Notes, the  "Securities")  will
                                             represent    fractional   undivided
                                             interests  in the  Trust.  See "The
                                             Certificates--General".

                                             The  Trust  will  issue   $________
                                             aggregate   principal   amount   of
                                             Certificates     (the     "Original
                                             Certificate Balance") pursuant to a
                                             Trust Agreement,  to be dated as of
                                             [June 1, 1995],  between the Seller
                                             and the Owner  Trustee  (the "Trust
                                             Agreement"). Payments in respect of
                                             the     Certificates     will    be
                                             subordinated  to  payments  on  the
                                             Notes   to   the   limited   extent
                                             described    herein.    See    "The
                                             Certificates--General".

                                             The Certificates  will be issued in
                                             minimum  denominations  of  $20,000
                                             and  integral  multiples  of $1,000
                                             thereof  in  book-entry  form only.
                                             Definitive   Certificates  will  be
                                             issued   only  under  the   limited
                                             circumstances   described   herein.
                                             See "Certain Information  Regarding
                                             the Securities--Book-Entry

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             Registration"   and   "--Definitive
                                             Securities".

Property of the Trust .....................  The  property  of  the  Trust  will
                                             primarily  include a pool of simple
                                             interest  retail  installment  sale
                                             contracts (the "Initial Contracts")
                                             secured   by  the  new   and   used
                                             recreational    vehicles   financed
                                             thereby  (the   "Initial   Financed
                                             Vehicles"), certain monies received
                                             under the Initial  Contracts on and
                                             after [June 1, 1995] (the  "Initial
                                             Cut-off Date"),  security interests
                                             in the Initial  Financed  Vehicles,
                                             the  Collection  Account,  the Note
                                             Distribution      Account,      the
                                             Certificate  Distribution  Account,
                                             the  Reserve   Fund  and  the  Pre-
                                             Funding   Account,   in  each  case
                                             together with the proceeds thereof,
                                             the  proceeds   from  claims  under
                                             certain   insurance   policies   in
                                             respect   of   individual   Initial
                                             Financed  Vehicles  or the  related
                                             Obligors  and certain  rights under
                                             the Sale and Servicing Agreement to
                                             be dated as of [June 1,  1995] (the
                                             "Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement"),
                                             among the Seller, the Servicer, and
                                             the Owner Trustee.

                                             From  time  to  time  on or  before
                                             [September  15,  1995],  additional
                                             simple interest retail  installment
                                             sale  contracts  (the   "Subsequent
                                             Contracts"  and,  together with the
                                             Initial Contracts, the "Contracts")
                                             secured   by  the  new   and   used
                                             recreational    vehicles   financed
                                             thereby (the  "Subsequent  Financed
                                             Vehicles"  and,  together  with the
                                             Initial  Financed   Vehicles,   the
                                             "Financed    Vehicles"),    certain
                                             monies     received    under    the
                                             Subsequent   Contracts   after  the
                                             related  Subsequent  Cut-off Dates,
                                             security     interests    in    the
                                             Subsequent  Financed  Vehicles  and
                                             proceeds  from claims under certain
                                             insurance  policies  in  respect of
                                             individual    Subsequent   Financed
                                             Vehicles  or the  related  Obligors
                                             will be purchased by the Trust from
                                             the Seller  from  monies on deposit
                                             in  the  Pre-Funding  Account.  See
                                             "The Trust Property".

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Contracts .............................  The Trust will consist primarily of
                                             installment   sale   contracts  for
                                             recreational vehicles originated by
                                             recreational     vehicle    dealers
                                             ("Dealers") in the ordinary  course
                                             of business  and  acquired by CITSF
                                             or the CIT Group/Consumer  Finance,
                                             Inc.  (NY)   ("CITCF-NY")   in  the
                                             ordinary  course  of its  business.
                                             The  Financed  Vehicles  consist of
                                             motor  homes,  travel  trailers and
                                             other    types   of    recreational
                                             vehicles.  See "The Contract Pool".
                                             On or prior to the date of issuance
                                             of  the  Securities  (the  "Closing
                                             Date"),    CITCF-NY    will    sell
                                             contracts  to CITSF  pursuant  to a
                                             Sale and  Purchase  Agreement to be
                                             dated as of [June 1,  1995],  CITSF
                                             will sell the Initial  Contracts to
                                             the Company  pursuant to a Purchase
                                             Agreement  to be  dated as of [June
                                             1, 1995] (the "Purchase Agreement")
                                             and  the  Company   will  sell  the
                                             Initial   Contracts  to  the  Trust
                                             pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing
                                             Agreement.

                                             As of the Initial Cut-off Date, the
                                             Initial  Contracts had an aggregate
                                             principal balance of $__________, a
                                             weighted average original  maturity
                                             of  ____  months  and  a  remaining
                                             weighted  average  maturity of ____
                                             months. The final scheduled payment
                                             date on the Contract  with the last
                                             maturity  occurs in _______,  ____.
                                             See "The Contract Pool".

                                             From  time to time on or  prior  to
                                             [September  15, 1995],  pursuant to
                                             the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,
                                             CITSF  will be  obligated  to sell,
                                             and the Company  will be  obligated
                                             to purchase,  Subsequent  Contracts
                                             at a  purchase  price  equal to the
                                             aggregate  principal amount thereof
                                             as of the first day in the  related
                                             month  of  transfer  designated  by
                                             CITSF  and  the  Company  (each,  a
                                             "Subsequent     Cut-off     Date").
                                             Pursuant to the Sale and  Servicing
                                             Agreement    and    one   or   more
                                             subsequent    transfer   agreements
                                             (each,   a   "Subsequent   Transfer
                                             Agreement") among the Company,  the
                                             Servicer and the Owner Trustee, and
                                             subject  to  the   satisfaction  of
                                             certain    conditions     described
                                             herein,  the  Company  will in turn
                                             sell the  Subsequent  Contracts  to
                                             the Trust at a purchase price 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             equal  to the  amount  paid  by the
                                             Company    to   CITSF    for   such
                                             Subsequent     Contracts,     which
                                             purchase  price  shall be paid from
                                             monies on deposit in the PreFunding
                                             Account.  The  aggregate  principal
                                             balance of the Subsequent Contracts
                                             to be conveyed to the Trust  during
                                             the Funding  Period will not exceed
                                             $____________. Subsequent Contracts
                                             will be  transferred  from CITSF to
                                             the Company and from the Company to
                                             the  Trust  on  the   Business  Day
                                             specified  by CITSF and the Company
                                             during   the  month  in  which  the
                                             related   Subsequent  Cut-off  Date
                                             occurs    (each,    a   "Subsequent
                                             Transfer Date").

The Pre-Funding Account ...................  The  Pre-Funding  Account  will  be
                                             maintained  with the Owner  Trustee
                                             and  is  designed  solely  to  hold
                                             funds to be  applied  by the  Owner
                                             Trustee  during the Funding  Period
                                             to pay to the Company the  purchase
                                             price  for  Subsequent   Contracts.
                                             Monies  on   deposit  in  the  Pre-
                                             Funding   Account   will   not   be
                                             available  to cover losses on or in
                                             respect of the Contracts.

                                             On  the   Closing   Date  the  Pre-
                                             Funding  Account  will  be  created
                                             with an initial  deposit,  from the
                                             proceeds  of  the  Securities,   of
                                             $____________    (the   "Pre-Funded
                                             Amount"). The "Funding Period" will
                                             be the period from the Closing Date
                                             until the  earliest to occur of (i)
                                             the date on  which  the  amount  on
                                             deposit in the  Pre-Funding Account
                                             is less  than  $100,000,  (ii)  the
                                             date on which  an Event of  Default
                                             occurs under the  Indenture,  (iii)
                                             the  date  on   which  a   Servicer
                                             Default  occurs  under the Sale and
                                             Servicing   Agreement,   (iv)   the
                                             insolvency  of the Company,  CITSF,
                                             CITCF-NY or CIT or (v) the close of
                                             business on  [September  15, 1995].
                                             During the Funding  Period,  on one
                                             or more Subsequent  Transfer Dates,
                                             the   Pre-Funded   Amount  will  be
                                             applied  to   purchase   Subsequent
                                             Contracts  from  the  Company.  The
                                             Company expects that the Pre-Funded
                                             Amount will be reduced to less than
                                             $100,000 by  [September  15, 1995],
                                             although no assurance  can be given
                                             that this will in fact  occur.  Any
                                             portion  of the  Pre-Funded  Amount

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             remaining  on  deposit  in the Pre-
                                             Funding  Account  at the end of the
                                             Funding  Period  will be payable as
                                             principal to Noteholders.

Capitalized Interest Account ..............  On the Closing  Date  approximately
                                             $__________  of the  proceeds  from
                                             the sale of the Securities  will be
                                             deposited   into  an  account  (the
                                             "Capitalized  Interest Account") in
                                             the name of the  Owner  Trustee  on
                                             behalf   of  the   Securityholders.
                                             Amounts     deposited     in    the
                                             Capitalized  Interest  Account will
                                             be used on the  July  1995,  August
                                             1995     and     September     1995
                                             Distribution  Dates, if applicable,
                                             to fund the excess,  if any, of (i)
                                             the  product  of (x)  the  weighted
                                             average of the Class A Rate and the
                                             Pass-Through  Rate as of the  first
                                             day of the related Interest Accrual
                                             Period  and  (y)  the   undisbursed
                                             funds     (excluding     investment
                                             earnings)   in    the   Pre-Funding
                                             Account  (as of the last day of the
                                             related Due  Period)  over (ii) the
                                             amount of any  investment  earnings
                                             on funds in the Pre-Funding Account
                                             that are  available to pay interest
                                             on  the  Securities  on  each  such
                                             Distribution   Date.   Any  amounts
                                             remaining   in   the    Capitalized
                                             Interest Account on the last day of
                                             the Funding Period and not used for
                                             such  purposes will be deposited in
                                             the Note  Distribution  Account and
                                             be available for distributions,  as
                                             described   herein,  on  the  first
                                             Distribution Date thereafter or, if
                                             the end of the Funding Period is on
                                             a Distribution  Date,  then on such
                                             date.

Distribution Dates ........................  Payments of interest and  principal
                                             on the  Securities  will be made on
                                             the fifteenth day of each month or,
                                             if any such  day is not a  Business
                                             Day,   on   the   next   succeeding
                                             Business Day (each, a "Distribution
                                             Date"), commencing [July 17, 1995].
                                             Payments on the  Securities on each
                                             Distribution  Date  will be made to
                                             the   holders   of  record  of  the
                                             related   Securities   on  the  day
                                             immediately      preceding     such
                                             Distribution  Date or, in the event
                                             Definitive   Securities  have  been
                                             issued,  on  the  last  day  of the
                                             month  immediately   preceding  the
                                             month  in 

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             which such Distribution Date occurs
                                             (each,  a  "Record   Date"). To the
                                             extent not previously  paid in full
                                             prior to such time, the outstanding
                                             principal amount of (i) the Class A
                                             Notes    will   be    payable    on
                                             ____________  (the  "Class  A Final
                                             Scheduled  Distribution  Date") and
                                             (ii)  the   Certificates   will  be
                                             payable  on  ________________  (the
                                             "Certificate     Final    Scheduled
                                             Distribution Date").

                                             A  "Business  Day" is any day other
                                             than a Saturday,  Sunday or any day
                                             on which  banking  institutions  or
                                             trust  companies in the City of New
                                             York or ___________  are authorized
                                             by  law,  regulation  or  executive
                                             order to be closed.

Interest Accrual Period ...................  The  period for which  interest  is
                                             payable on a  Distribution  Date on
                                             the Securities  shall be the period
                                             from the most  recent  Distribution
                                             Date on  which  interest  has  been
                                             paid to but excluding the following
                                             Distribution  Date,  or in the case
                                             of the  initial  Distribution  Date
                                             from  [___________,  1995]  to  but
                                             excluding the initial  Distribution
                                             Date (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual
                                             Period").

Due Period ................................  With  respect  to any  Distribution
                                             Date,   the  "Due  Period"  is  the
                                             period   during  which   principal,
                                             interest and fees will be collected
                                             on the  Contracts  for  application
                                             towards  the  payment of  principal
                                             and interest to the Securityholders
                                             and  the  payment  of  fees on such
                                             Distribution Date. The "Due Period"
                                             will   be   the   calendar    month
                                             immediately      preceding      the
                                             Distribution  Date.  The  first Due
                                             Period will commence on and include
                                             [June 1,  1995] and will end on and
                                             include [June 30, 1995].

Determination Date ........................  The  "Determination  Date"  is  the
                                             third  Business  Day  prior to each
                                             Distribution    Date.    On    each
                                             Determination  Date,  the Indenture
                                             Trustee will  determine  the amount
                                             in the  Collection  Account and the
                                             Reserve    Fund    available    for
                                             distribution    on   the    related
                                             Distribution    Date   and    shall

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             allocate  such amounts  between the
                                             Notes  and  the   Certificates   as
                                             described   under   "The   Purchase
                                             Agreements and the Trust  Documents
                                             --   Distributions".   Payments  to
                                             Securityholders  shall  be  made on
                                             each     Distribution    Date    in
                                             accordance with such allocations.

Terms of the Notes ........................  The  principal  terms of the  Notes
                                             will be as described below:

     A.  Interest Rate ....................  The   Class  A  Notes   will   bear
                                             interest  at the  rate of ___%  per
                                             annum (the "Class A Rate").

     B.  Interest .........................  Interest    on   the    outstanding
                                             principal  amount of the Notes will
                                             accrue at the  Class A Rate  during
                                             the   Interest    Accrual   Period.
                                             Interest  will be calculated on the
                                             basis of a 360-day year  consisting
                                             of twelve 30-day  months.  See "The
                                             Notes--Payment of Interest".

     C.  Principal ........................  Principal  of  the  Notes  will  be
                                             payable on each  Distribution  Date
                                             in an amount equal to the Principal
                                             Distribution Amount,  calculated as
                                             described         under        "The
                                             Notes--Payments  of Principal",  to
                                             the extent of the Available  Amount
                                             (as  defined  under  "The  Purchase
                                             Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                             Documents--Distributions"   herein)
                                             remaining  after the  Servicer  has
                                             been reimbursed for any outstanding
                                             Advances  and  has  been  paid  the
                                             Servicing Fee (including any unpaid
                                             Servicing  Fee with  respect to one
                                             or   more   prior   Due    Periods)
                                             (collectively,     the    "Servicer
                                             Payment") and following the payment
                                             of interest due on the Notes.

                                             The unpaid principal balance of the
                                             Notes  will be payable on the Class
                                             A  Final   Scheduled   Distribution
                                             Date. See "The  Notes--Payments  of
                                             Principal".

     D.  Redemption .......................  The  Notes   will  be   subject  to
                                             mandatory redemption in part in the
                                             event  that  any   portion  of  the
                                             Pre-Funded    Amount   remains   on
                                             deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account
                                             at the end of the  Funding  Period.
                                             See    "The   Notes  --  Mandatory
                                             Redemption"       and      "Certain
                                             Information      Regarding      the
                                             Securities   --   The   Pre-Funding

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                             Account;  Mandatory  Redemption and
                                             Prepayment of the Securities".

                                             In  the   event   of  an   Optional
                                             Purchase   or  Auction   Sale,   as
                                             described  herein,  the outstanding
                                             Notes  will  be   redeemed,   at  a
                                             redemption   price   equal  to  the
                                             unpaid   principal  amount  of  the
                                             Class A Notes plus accrued interest
                                             thereon  at the  Class A Rate.  See
                                             "Summary--Optional       Purchase",
                                             "--Auction     Sale"    and    "The
                                             Notes--Optional Redemption".

Terms of the Certificates .................  The   principal    terms   of   the
                                             Certificates  will be as  described
                                             below:

     A.  Pass-Through Rate ................  The Certificates will bear interest
                                             at the rate of ___% per annum  (the
                                             "Pass-Through Rate").

     B.  Interest .........................  On  each  Distribution   Date,  the
                                             Owner Trustee will  distribute  pro
                                             rata   to   Certificateholders   of
                                             record  as of  the  related  Record
                                             Date  interest  accrued  during the
                                             related Interest Accrual Period, in
                                             an amount equal to  one-twelfth  of
                                             the  product  of  the  Pass-Through
                                             Rate  and the  Certificate  Balance
                                             (the  "Certificate  Balance" is the
                                             Original     Certificate    Balance
                                             reduced   by   all    distributions
                                             allocable  to  principal   actually
                                             made to  Certificateholders)  as of
                                             the  first  day of the  immediately
                                             preceding  Due Period (after giving
                                             effect    to    distributions    of
                                             principal   to  be   made   on  the
                                             Distribution Date occurring in such
                                             immediately  preceding Due Period).
                                             Such  distributions  generally will
                                             be  made  to  the   extent  of  the
                                             Available Amount after the Servicer
                                             has   been   reimbursed   for   any
                                             outstanding  Advances  and has been
                                             paid  the   Servicer   Payment  and
                                             interest  and  principal  has  been
                                             paid  in   respect  of  the  Notes.
                                             Interest  will be calculated on the
                                             basis of a 360-day year  consisting
                                             of  twelve   30-day   months.   The
                                             rights  of   Certificateholders  to
                                             receive  distributions  of interest
                                             will be  subordinated to the rights
                                             of Noteholders to receive  interest
                                             and principal, as described herein.
                                             See       "The       Certificates--
                                             Distributions of Interest".


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     C.  Principal ........................  On  each  Distribution  Date  on or
                                             after  the  Distribution   Date  on
                                             which the  Class A Notes  have been
                                             paid  in  full   (the   "Cross-Over
                                             Date"),     principal     of    the
                                             Certificates  will be payable in an
                                             amount   generally   equal  to  the
                                             Principal Distribution Amount. Such
                                             principal  payments  will be funded
                                             to  the  extent  of  the  Available
                                             Amount remaining after the Servicer
                                             has   been   reimbursed   for   any
                                             outstanding  Advances  and has been
                                             paid the Servicer Payment,  and the
                                             interest  due on  the  Certificates
                                             has  been   paid.   The  rights  of
                                             Certificateholders    to    receive
                                             distributions  of principal will be
                                             subordinated   to  the   rights  of
                                             Noteholders        to       receive
                                             distributions   of   interest   and
                                             principal and following the payment
                                             of  distributions  of  interest  in
                                             respect of the  Certificates and to
                                             the extent described herein.

                                             On each Distribution Date, prior to
                                             the     Cross-Over     Date,    the
                                             Certificateholders will be entitled
                                             to receive, pursuant to the Limited
                                             Guarantee,       the      Principal
                                             Liquidation  Loss  Amount  for such
                                             Distribution  Date.  The "Principal
                                             Liquidation  Loss  Amount"  for any
                                             Distribution  Date  will  equal the
                                             amount, if any, by which the sum of
                                             the aggregate outstanding principal
                                             balance   of  the   Notes  and  the
                                             Certificate  Balance  (after giving
                                             effect  to  all   distributions  of
                                             principal   on  such   Distribution
                                             Date)   exceeds   the  sum  of  the
                                             aggregate  principal balance of the
                                             Contracts (the "Pool Balance") plus
                                             the amounts remaining on deposit in
                                             the Pre-Funding   Account,  if any,
                                             at the  close  of  business  on the
                                             last day of the related Due Period.
                                             The  Principal   Liquidation   Loss
                                             Amount  represents future principal
                                             payments  on  the  Contracts  that,
                                             because of the subordination of the
                                             Certificates and liquidation losses
                                             on the Contracts,  will not be paid
                                             to the Certificateholders.

     D.  Repayment ........................  In  the   event   of  an   Optional
                                             Purchase  or  Auction   Sale,   the
                                             Certificates  will be redeemed at a
                                             redemption   price   equal  to  the
                                             Certificate  Balance  plus  accrued

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -14-


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             interest   thereon   at  the  Pass-
                                             Through   Rate.    See   "Summary--
                                             Optional   Purchase",    "--Auction
                                             Sale"   and   "The   Certificates--
                                             Optional Prepayment".

Mandatory Prepayment ......................  The Notes  will be  prepaid in part
                                             on    the     Distribution     Date
                                             immediately  succeeding  the day on
                                             which the  Funding  Period ends (or
                                             on the  Distribution  Date on which
                                             the  Funding  Period  ends  if  the
                                             Funding    Period    ends    on   a
                                             Distribution  Date)  in  the  event
                                             that any portion of the  Pre-Funded
                                             Amount  remains  on  deposit in the
                                             Pre-Funding  Account  after  giving
                                             effect  to the  acquisition  by the
                                             Seller and the sale to the Trust of
                                             all Subsequent Contracts, including
                                             any such acquisition and conveyance
                                             on the  date on which  the  Funding
                                             Period    ends    (a     "Mandatory
                                             Prepayment").   The  amount  to  be
                                             distributed   to   Noteholders   in
                                             connection   with   any   Mandatory
                                             Prepayment will equal the remaining
                                             Pre-Funded Amount.

Subordination of the Certificates;
   Reserve Fund ...........................  The       rights       of       the
                                             Certificateholders    to    receive
                                             distributions  with  respect to the
                                             Contracts will be  subordinated  to
                                             the   rights   of   the   Class   A
                                             Noteholders,    to    the    extent
                                             described       herein.        This
                                             subordination    is   intended   to
                                             enhance  the  likelihood  of timely
                                             receipt by Class A  Noteholders  of
                                             the full  amount  of  interest  and
                                             principal  required  to be  paid to
                                             them,  and to afford  such  Class A
                                             Noteholders    limited   protection
                                             against  losses in  respect  of the
                                             Contracts.

                                             No distribution will be made to the
                                             Certificateholders      on      any
                                             Distribution Date in respect of (i)
                                             interest  or  principal  until  the
                                             full   amount   of   interest   and
                                             principal  on  the  Class  A  Notes
                                             payable on such  Distribution  Date
                                             has been distributed to the Class A
                                             Noteholders   and  (ii)   principal
                                             until the  Class A Notes  have been
                                             paid   in    full,    other    than
                                             distributions  in  respect  of  the
                                             Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.

                                             The  protection   afforded  to  the
                                             Class   A   Noteholders    by   the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             subordination   feature   described
                                             above will be effected  both by the
                                             preferential  right of the  Class A
                                             Noteholders  to  receive,   to  the
                                             extent  described  herein,  current
                                             distributions  from  collections on
                                             or in respect of the  Contracts and
                                             by   the    establishment    of   a
                                             segregated trust account maintained
                                             by the  Indenture  Trustee  for the
                                             benefit of the Class A  Noteholders
                                             (the "Reserve Fund").

                                             The  Reserve  Fund will be  created
                                             with an  initial  deposit  from the
                                             proceeds   of  the   sale   of  the
                                             Securities.   The  initial  deposit
                                             will  be in the  form  of  cash  or
                                             Eligible Investments (as defined in
                                             "The  Purchase  Agreements  and The
                                             Trust  Documents"  herein) maturing
                                             on  or   prior   to   the   initial
                                             Distribution   Date  and  having  a
                                             value of $__________  (the "Reserve
                                             Fund Initial Deposit"). The Reserve
                                             Fund   Initial   Deposit   will  be
                                             maintained  or  augmented by Excess
                                             Amounts  which  will  be  deposited
                                             from  time to  time in the  Reserve
                                             Fund  to the  extent  necessary  to
                                             maintain  the  Reserve  Fund  at an
                                             amount   equal  to  the   Specified
                                             Reserve   Fund   Balance.   "Excess
                                             Amounts"    in    respect    of   a
                                             Distribution   Date   will  be  all
                                             interest   collections   on  or  in
                                             respect of the Contracts on deposit
                                             in  the   Collection   Account   in
                                             respect of such Distribution  Date,
                                             after   the   Servicer   has   been
                                             reimbursed   for  any   outstanding
                                             Advances  and  has  been  paid  the
                                             Servicer  Payment and after  giving
                                             effect  to  all   distributions  of
                                             interest and principal  required to
                                             be made to the holders of the Class
                                             A Notes and the  Certificateholders
                                             on such Distribution  Date. Amounts
                                             in   the   Reserve   Fund   on  any
                                             Distribution   Date  (after  giving
                                             effect to all distributions made on
                                             such  Distribution  Date) in excess
                                             of  the   Specified   Reserve  Fund
                                             Balance for such  Distribution Date
                                             generally  will be  released to the
                                             Affiliated  Purchaser  (as  defined
                                             herein).   The  "Specified  Reserve
                                             Fund  Balance"  with respect to any
                                             Distribution  Date will be equal to
                                             $_______,  except that in the event
                                             that on any  Distribution  Date (i)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             the  annualized   average  for  the
                                             three  preceding Due Periods of the
                                             ratio  of  net  losses  (i.e.,  the
                                             balances of all Contracts which are
                                             determined to be  uncollectible  in
                                             the   Due    Period,    less    any
                                             Liquidation  Proceeds)  to the Pool
                                             Balance as of the first day of each
                                             such Due  Period  exceeds  ____% or
                                             (ii)  the  average  for  the  three
                                             preceding  Due Periods of the ratio
                                             of the  number  of  Contracts  that
                                             have been  repossessed  but not yet
                                             sold or are  delinquent  __ days or
                                             more to the  outstanding  number of
                                             Contracts  exceeds  ___%,  then the
                                             Specified  Reserve Fund Balance for
                                             such  Distribution Date shall be an
                                             amount equal to the  percentage  of
                                             the Pool  Balance  as of the  first
                                             day of such Due  Period  determined
                                             by deducting  from ____ percent the
                                             following fraction,  expressed as a
                                             percentage:   (x)  1  minus  (y)  a
                                             fraction, the numerator of which is
                                             the  Certificate  Balance  and  the
                                             denominator  of  which  is the Pool
                                             Balance  (both as of the  first day
                                             of  such  Due  Period),  but  in no
                                             event shall the  Specified  Reserve
                                             Fund    Balance    be   more   than
                                             $________,  or less than $________.
                                             On any  Distribution  Date on which
                                             the   aggregate   balance   of  the
                                             Certificates  is  $________ or less
                                             after     giving      effect     to
                                             distributions on such  Distribution
                                             Date,  the  Specified  Reserve Fund
                                             Balance shall be the greater of the
                                             amount set forth in the immediately
                                             preceding  sentence or $__________.
                                             The  Reserve  Fund will be property
                                             of the Trust. The Reserve Fund will
                                             not provide credit  enhancement for
                                             the Certificates.

                                             To the  extent  that the  Available
                                             Amount, after the Servicer has been
                                             reimbursed   for  any   outstanding
                                             Advances  and  has  been  paid  the
                                             Servicer Payment,  is less than the
                                             interest and  principal  payable to
                                             the     Noteholders     on     such
                                             Distribution  Date,  the  Indenture
                                             Trustee  will  transfer  funds from
                                             the  Reserve  Fund in the amount of
                                             the  deficiency  to the  Collection
                                             Account  and  from  the  Collection
                                             Account  to the  Note  Distribution
                                             Account.

                                             
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -17-


<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Guarantee Payments to
Certificateholders under
the Limited Guarantee of CIT ..............  In order to mitigate  the effect of
                                             the     subordination     of    the
                                             Certificates and liquidation losses
                                             and delinquencies on the Contracts,
                                             the Certificateholders are entitled
                                             to  receive  on  each  Distribution
                                             Date  the   amount   equal  to  the
                                             Guarantee  Payment,  if any,  under
                                             the Limited Guarantee of CIT. Prior
                                             to the Cross-Over  Date and subject
                                             to the Guarantee Payment Limit, the
                                             "Guarantee  Payment" will equal the
                                             amount,  if any,  by which  (a) the
                                             sum of (i) the  amount of  interest
                                             payable  to the  Certificateholders
                                             for  such  Distribution  Date,  and
                                             (ii) the Principal Liquidation Loss
                                             Amount,  if  any,  exceeds  (b) the
                                             Amount   Available   remaining  for
                                             distribution         to         the
                                             Certificateholders     after    the
                                             Servicer  has been  reimbursed  for
                                             any  outstanding  Advances  and has
                                             been paid the Servicer  Payment and
                                             distributions   of   interest   and
                                             principal  have  been  paid  to the
                                             Noteholders  on  such  Distribution
                                             Date. On each  Distribution Date on
                                             or after  the  Cross-Over  Date and
                                             subject  to the  Guarantee  Payment
                                             Limit, the "Guarantee Payment" will
                                             equal the amount,  if any, by which
                                             (a)  the  sum  of  the   amount  of
                                             interest and  principal  payable to
                                             the   Certificateholders   on  such
                                             Distribution  Date  exceeds (b) the
                                             Amount  Available  remaining  after
                                             the  Servicer  has been  reimbursed
                                             for any  outstanding  Advances  and
                                             has been paid the Servicer  Payment
                                             and  distributions  of interest and
                                             principal,  if any,  have been paid
                                             to   the    Noteholders   on   such
                                             Distribution Date.

                                             In  no  event  will  the  aggregate
                                             amount   paid  under  the   Limited
                                             Guarantee  (including the Principal
                                             Liquidation   Loss  Amount)  exceed
                                             $          (the "Guarantee  Payment
                                             Limit").

                                             The  Limited  Guarantee  will be an
                                             unsecured general obligation of CIT
                                             and  will not be  supported  by any
                                             letter of  credit  or other  credit
                                             enhancement     arrangement.     As
                                             compensation   for   providing  the
                                             Limited  Guarantee,   CIT  will  be
                                             entitled  to  receive  a  Guarantee

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             Fee (the  "Guarantee  Fee") on each
                                             Distribution  Date equal to 1/12 of
                                             the  product  of  [0.25%]  and  the
                                             aggregate   outstanding   principal
                                             balance of the  Contracts as of the
                                             end  of  the   second   Due  Period
                                             preceding  such  Distribution  Date
                                             (or,  in  the  case  of  the  first
                                             Distribution   Date,   the  Initial
                                             Cut-off Date).

Monthly Advances ..........................  With respect to each Contract as to
                                             which  there has  been an  Interest
                                             Shortfall  during the  related  Due
                                             Period   (other  than  an  Interest
                                             Shortfall  arising  from a Contract
                                             which has been  prepaid  in full or
                                             which has been  subject to a Relief
                                             Act Reduction  (as defined  herein)
                                             during the related Due Period), the
                                             Servicer shall advance funds in the
                                             amount of such  Interest  Shortfall
                                             (each,  a  "Monthly  Advance")  but
                                             only  to  the   extent   that   the
                                             Servicer,   in   its   good   faith
                                             judgement,  expects to recover such
                                             Monthly   Advance  from  subsequent
                                             collections    with    respect   to
                                             interest on such  Contract  made by
                                             or  on   behalf   of  the   Obligor
                                             thereunder  (the  "Obligor"),   net
                                             liquidation  proceeds or  insurance
                                             proceeds   with   respect  to  such
                                             Contract.  The  Servicer  shall  be
                                             reimbursed for any Monthly  Advance
                                             from  subsequent  collections  with
                                             respect  to such  Contract.  If the
                                             Servicer  determines  in  its  good
                                             faith     judgement     that     an
                                             unreimbursed  Monthly Advance shall
                                             not ultimately be recoverable  from
                                             such   collections,   the  Servicer
                                             shall   be   reimbursed   for  such
                                             Monthly Advance from collections on
                                             all Contracts and withdrawals  from
                                             the Reserve Fund. The Servicer will
                                             not advance funds in respect of the
                                             principal    component    of    any
                                             scheduled    payment.    See   "The
                                             Purchase  Agreements  and The Trust
                                             Documents--Monthly Advances".

                                             "Interest   Shortfall"  means  with
                                             respect  to any  Contract  and  any
                                             Distribution  Date,  the  excess of
                                             (x) the sum of (i) the  product  of
                                             one-twelfth of the weighted average
                                             of the  Pass-through  Rate  and the
                                             Class  A  Rate  multiplied  by  the
                                             outstanding   principal  amount  of
                                             such  Contract  as  of   the   last

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             day of  the  second  preceding  Due
                                             Period  (or,  in  the  case  of the
                                             first Due Period, as of the Initial
                                             Cut-off  Date)  calculated  on  the
                                             basis of a 360-day  year  comprised
                                             of twelve  30-day  months  and (ii)
                                             the  product  of (A) the  Servicing
                                             Fee  Rate,   (B)  the   outstanding
                                             principal  amount of such  Contract
                                             as of the  last  day of the  second
                                             preceding  Due Period  (or,  in the
                                             case of the first Due Period, as of
                                             the Initial Cut-off Date) and (C) a
                                             fraction, the numerator of which is
                                             the  number of days in the  related
                                             Due Period and the  denominator  of
                                             which is 365,  over (y) the  amount
                                             of  interest   collected   on  such
                                             Contract in the related Due Period.

Non-Reimbursable Payments .................  With respect to each Contract as to
                                             which  there  has been an  Interest
                                             Shortfall in the related Due Period
                                             arising from either a prepayment in
                                             full of such  Contract  or a Relief
                                             Act  Reduction  in  respect of such
                                             Contract  during  such Due  Period,
                                             the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
                                             will   require   the   Servicer  to
                                             deposit into the Collection Account
                                             on  the  Business  Day  immediately
                                             preceding       the       following
                                             Distribution   Date,   without  the
                                             right of subsequent  reimbursement,
                                             an  amount  equal to such  Interest
                                             Shortfall    (a   "Non-Reimbursable
                                             Payment").

Servicing Fees ............................  The   Servicer   shall   receive  a
                                             monthly fee (the "Servicing  Fee"),
                                             payable on each Distribution  Date,
                                             equal to the sum of (i) the product
                                             of 1.00% per annum (the  "Servicing
                                             Fee Rate") and the Pool  Balance as
                                             of  the  last  day  of  the  second
                                             preceding  Due Period  (or,  in the
                                             case  of  the  first   Distribution
                                             Date,  as of  the  Initial  Cut-off
                                             Date),  based on the number of days
                                             in such Due  Period  and a  365-day
                                             year,   and  (ii)  any   investment
                                             earnings  on  amounts on deposit in
                                             the    Collection    Account.    In
                                             addition,   the  Servicer  will  be
                                             entitled  to collect and retain any
                                             late,  prepayment,   extension  and
                                             administrative   fees  or   similar
                                             charges  ("Late  Fees") paid by the
                                             Obligors.    See   "The    Purchase
                                             Agreements     and    The     Trust

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             Documents--Servicing Compensation."

Optional Purchase
of the Contracts ..........................  At its option, CITSF or the Company
                                             may purchase  all the  Contracts on
                                             any Distribution  Date on which the
                                             Pool  Balance is 10% or less of the
                                             Initial Pool Balance, at a purchase
                                             price determined as described under
                                             "The  Purchase  Agreements  and The
                                             Trust  Documents--Termination." The
                                             "Initial Pool  Balance"  equals the
                                             sum of (i) the Pool  Balance  as of
                                             the Initial  Cut-off  Date and (ii)
                                             the aggregate  principal balance of
                                             all Subsequent  Contracts  added to
                                             the  Trust as of  their  respective
                                             subsequent Cut-off Dates.

Auction Sale ..............................  Within   ten   days   following   a
                                             Distribution  Date as of which  the
                                             Pool  Balance  is 5% or less of the
                                             Initial Pool  Balance,  the Trustee
                                             shall solicit bids for the purchase
                                             of the  Contracts  remaining in the
                                             Trust.    In   the    event    that
                                             satisfactory  bids are  received as
                                             described    in    "The    Purchase
                                             Agreements     and    The     Trust
                                             Documents--Termination,"  the  sale
                                             proceeds  will  be  distributed  to
                                             Certificateholders  on  the  second
                                             Distribution  Date  succeeding such
                                             Record Date. If  satisfactory  bids
                                             are not received, the Trustee shall
                                             decline to sell the  Contracts  and
                                             shall not be under  any  obligation
                                             to  solicit  any  further  bids  or
                                             otherwise   negotiate  any  further
                                             sale  of the  Contracts.  See  "The
                                             Purchase  Agreements  and The Trust
                                             Documents--Termination."

Ratings ...................................  It is a condition  to the  issuance
                                             of the Securities  that the Class A
                                             Notes be rated  ___      by Moody's
                                             Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")
                                             and      ___  by  Standard & Poor's
                                             Ratings Group  ("Standard & Poor's"
                                             and  together  with  Moody's,   the
                                             "Rating    Agencies")    and    the
                                             Certificates be rated __ by Moody's
                                             and __  by  Standard & Poor's.  The
                                             ratings of the Class A  Notes  will
                                             be based  primarily  on  the  value
                                             of the Initial Contracts,  the Pre-
                                             Funding  Account, the terms of  the
                                             Securities  and  the  Reserve Fund.
                                             The  ratings  of  the  Certificates
                                                
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             will  be  based  primarily  on  the
                                             Limited Guarantee  provided by CIT.
                                             The   foregoing   ratings   do  not
                                             address  the  likelihood  that  the
                                             Securities    will    be    retired
                                             following the sale of the Contracts
                                             by the Trustee as  described  above
                                             under  "Auction  Sale" or "Optional
                                             Purchase by CITSF". See "Rating."

                                             There can be no assurance  that any
                                             rating  will  remain in  effect for
                                             any given  period of time or that a
                                             rating   will  not  be  lowered  or
                                             withdrawn by the  assigning  Rating
                                             Agency   if,   in  its   judgement,
                                             circumstances  so  warrant.  In the
                                             event  that  the  rating  initially
                                             assigned  to  the   Securities   is
                                             subsequently  lowered or  withdrawn
                                             for any reason, no person or entity
                                             will be  obligated  to provide  any
                                             additional credit  enhancement with
                                             respect to such  Securities.  There
                                             can  be no  assurance  whether  any
                                             other  rating  agency will rate the
                                             Class A Notes or the  Certificates,
                                             or if one does,  what rating  would
                                             be   assigned  by  any  such  other
                                             rating agency. A security rating is
                                             not a  recommendation  to buy, sell
                                             or hold securities.

Certain Federal Income
   Tax Considerations .....................  For  Federal  income tax  purposes:
                                             (1)  the  Notes   will   constitute
                                             indebtedness;     and    (2)    the
                                             Certificates     will    constitute
                                             interests in a trust fund that will
                                             not be  treated  as an  association
                                             taxable  as  a  corporation.   Each
                                             Noteholder,   by  acceptance  of  a
                                             Note, will agree to treat the Notes
                                             as    indebtedness,     and    each
                                             Certificateholder,      by      the
                                             acceptance of a  Certificate,  will
                                             agree  to  treat  the  Trust  as  a
                                             partnership     in    which     the
                                             Certificateholders are partners for
                                             Federal  income tax  purposes.  See
                                             "Certain    Federal    Income   Tax
                                             Consequences".

ERISA Considerations ......................  Subject to  certain  considerations
                                             discussed        under       "ERISA
                                             Considerations"  herein,  the Notes
                                             will be  eligible  for  purchase by
                                             employee  benefit  plans  that  are
                                             subject to the Employee  Retirement
                                            
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -22-

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as
                                             amended ("ERISA").

                                             Employee  benefit  plans subject to
                                             ERISA  will  not  be   eligible  to
                                             purchase the Certificates.

                                             Any  benefit  plan  fiduciary  con-
                                             sidering   the   purchase   of  the
                                             Securities   should,   among  other
                                             things, consult with its counsel in
                                             determining  whether  all  required
                                             conditions have been satisfied. See
                                             "ERISA Considerations."






























- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                      -23-

<PAGE>


                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

     Prospective   Securityholders   should  consider  the  following  risks  in
connection with the purchase of the Securities:

          1. Limited Obligations.  The Securities will not represent an interest
     in or an obligation of The CIT Group Holdings,  Inc. ("CIT"), The CIT Group
     Securitization Corporation II ("the Company"), the Affiliated Purchaser (as
     hereinafter  defined)  or  any  Servicer  (including  The  CIT  Group/Sales
     Financing,  Inc.  ("CITSF")).  Except for the Limited Guarantee provided by
     CIT in favor of the Certificateholders,  the Securities will not be insured
     or guaranteed by any government  agency or  instrumentality,  CIT or any of
     its affiliates,  including the Company, the Affiliated Purchaser and CITSF,
     the Underwriter or any of its  affiliates,  or any other Servicer or any of
     its affiliates.

          2. Risk of Loss. An investment in the  Securities  may be affected by,
     among other things,  a downturn in regional or local  economic  conditions.
     These  regional  or  local  economic  conditions  are  often  volatile  and
     historically  have  affected the  delinquency,  loan loss and  repossession
     experience of pools of installment  sale contracts  secured by recreational
     vehicles.  Because  the market  value of  recreational  vehicles  generally
     declines  with age and because of the failure of the  Trustees to possess a
     first  perfected  security  interest  in the  Financed  Vehicles in certain
     states,  the  Servicer  may not  recover  the entire  amount  owing under a
     Defaulted Contract. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts." In such a
     case, the Securityholders may suffer a corresponding loss. The market value
     of the  Financed  Vehicles  could be or become  lower than the  outstanding
     principal  balances of the Contracts  that they secure.  Sufficiently  high
     liquidation  losses on the Contracts will have the effect of reducing,  and
     could eliminate (a) the protection against loss afforded to the Noteholders
     by the  subordination  of the  Certificateholders  and (b)  the  protection
     against loss afforded to the  Noteholders  by the amounts on deposit in the
     Reserve Fund. If the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account is reduced to
     zero,  Holders  of the  Notes  will  bear the risk of loss  resulting  from
     default by  Obligors  and will have to look  primarily  to the value of the
     related  Financed  Vehicles for recovery of the  outstanding  principal and
     unpaid interest on the Defaulted  Contracts.  If CIT fails to make payments
     as required under the Limited Guarantee,  the Certificateholders  will bear
     the risk of loss resulting from default by Obligors.

          3. Security Interests and Certain Other Aspects of the Contracts. Each
     Contract  will be  secured by a security  interest  in a Financed  Vehicle.
     Perfection of security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles and enforcement
     of rights to realize upon the value of the Financed  Vehicles as collateral
     for the  Contracts  are  subject to a number of state laws,  including  the
     Uniform  Commercial  Code (the "UCC") as adopted in each state and, in most
     states,  certificate of title statutes.  The steps necessary to perfect the
     security  interest  in a Financed  Vehicle  vary from  state to state.  All
     Contracts  in the  Contract  Pool were  purchased by CITSF from Dealers and
     name the  Dealer as obligee  and as secured  party.  All  Contracts  in the
     Contract Pool were assigned by the related  Dealer to CITSF.  In each case,
     CITSF is named as the  secured  party on the  certificate  of title for the
     related  Financed  Vehicle.  Because  of  the  expense  and  administrative
     inconvenience  involved,  CITSF will not amend any  certificate of title to
     name the Company or either  Trustee as the  lienholder and the Company will
     not  deliver any  certificate  of title to either  Trustee or note  thereon
     either Trustee's interest.  Consequently, in some states, in the absence of
     such an amendment  to the  certificate  of title to reflect the  successive
     assignments  to the Company,  the Owner Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee,
     the security interest in the Financed Vehicle may not be effective, or such
     security interest may not be perfected,  and the assignment of the security
     interest in the  Financed  Vehicle to the Owner  Trustee and the  Indenture
     Trustee  may not be  effective  against  other  creditors  or a trustee  in
     bankruptcy.

          In  addition,  numerous  federal and state  consumer  protection  laws
     impose  requirements on lenders under  installment sale contracts,  such as
     the  Contracts,  and the failure by the seller of goods to comply with such
     requirements  could give rise to  liabilities  of assignees for amounts due
     under  such  agreements  and the right to  set-off  against  claims by such
     assignees.  These  laws  would  apply  to  the  Trust  as  assignee  of the
     Contracts.  From time to time,  CITSF has been involved in litigation under
     consumer or debtor  protection laws, some of which have been class actions.
     Pursuant to the Sale 

                                      -24-

<PAGE>


     and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF  will  represent  and  warrant  that each
     Contract  complies with all  requirements  of law and will provide  certain
     warranties  relating  to  the  validity,  perfection  and  priority  of the
     security interest in each Financed Vehicle securing a Contract. A breach by
     CITSF of any such warranty that  materially  adversely  affects the Trust's
     interest in any Contract  would require  CITSF to repurchase  such Contract
     unless  such  breach is cured  within 90 days.  If CITSF does not honor its
     purchase  obligation  in respect of a Contract  and such  Contract  were to
     become  defaulted,  recovery  of  amounts  due on such  Contract  would  be
     dependent on repossession  and resale of the Financed Vehicle securing such
     Contract.   Certain   other   factors   may  limit  the   ability   of  the
     Securityholders  to realize  upon the  Financed  Vehicles  or may limit the
     amount  realized to less than the amount due. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
     the Contracts."

          4.  Certain  Matters  Relating  to  Insolvency.  CITSF and the Company
     intend that each transfer of Contracts from The CIT Group/Consumer Finance,
     Inc. (NY)  ("CITCF-NY") to CITSF and from CITSF to the Company and from the
     Company  to the  Trust  constitutes  a sale,  rather  than a pledge  of the
     Contracts  to  secure  indebtedness.  However,  if  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the
     Company were to become a debtor  under Title 11 of the United  States Code,
     11 U.S.C.  ss.101 et seq. (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is possible that a
     creditor,  receiver,  other party in interest or trustee in  bankruptcy  of
     CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the  Company,  or  CITCF-NY,  CITSF or the  Company  as
     debtor-in-possession,  may argue that the sale of the Contracts by CITCF-NY
     to CITSF  or by  CITSF to the  Company,  or by the  Company  to the  Trust,
     respectively,  was a pledge of the  Contracts  rather than a sale and that,
     accordingly,  such  Contracts  should be part of such  entity's  bankruptcy
     estate.  Such a  position,  if  presented  to a court,  even if  ultimately
     unsuccessful,  could result in a delay in or reduction of  distributions to
     the Securityholders.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the  Contracts--Certain
     Matters Relating to Insolvency."

           ____________, a ________ corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of
     CIT (the "Affiliated Purchaser"), will purchase 1% of the principal balance
     of the Certificates. The Trust Agreement will provide that if an Insolvency
     Event with respect to the Affiliated  Purchaser occurs,  subject to certain
     conditions,  the Trust  will  dissolve.  Certain  steps  have been taken in
     structuring the transactions  contemplated hereby that are intended to make
     it less  likely that an  Insolvency  Event with  respect to the  Affiliated
     Purchaser  will occur.  These steps include the formation of the Affiliated
     Purchaser as a separate,  limited-purpose  corporation pursuant to articles
     of incorporation  containing certain limitations (including restrictions on
     the nature of the Affiliated  Purchaser's business and a restriction on the
     Affiliated  Purchaser's  ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding
     under the United States  Bankruptcy Code or similar  applicable  state laws
     ("Insolvency  Laws")  without the prior  affirmative  unanimous vote of its
     directors).  However,  there can be no  assurance  that the  activities  or
     liabilities of the Affiliated  Purchaser  would not result in an Insolvency
     Event.

          If an  Insolvency  Event  with  respect  to the  Affiliated  Purchaser
     occurs,  the Indenture Trustee will promptly sell,  dispose of or otherwise
     liquidate the Contracts in a commercially reasonable manner on commercially
     reasonable terms, except under certain limited circumstances.  The proceeds
     from any such sale,  disposition  or  liquidation  of the Contracts will be
     treated as  collections  on the Contracts  and deposited in the  Collection
     Account.  If the proceeds  from the  liquidation  of the  Contracts and any
     amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund, the Note  Distribution  Account and
     the  Certificate  Distribution  Account are not sufficient to pay the Notes
     and Certificates in full,  distributions will be made first, to the payment
     of  interest  and  principal  on the Notes and  second,  to the  payment of
     interest and principal on the  Certificates.  In such event,  the amount of
     principal  returned  to the  Certificateholders  will be  reduced  and such
     Certificateholders  will  incur a loss,  except to the  extent of  payments
     under  the  Limited  Guarantee.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and  Trust
     Documents--Insolvency Event".

          5.   Limited    Liquidity.    CS   First   Boston    Corporation   and
     ___________________, (the "Underwriters") intend to make a secondary market
     in the  Securities,  but  have  no  obligation  to do so.  There  can be no
     assurance that a secondary market will develop for the Securities or, if it
     does  develop,  that it will  provide  the Holders of the  

                                      -25-

<PAGE>
 

     Securities with liquidity of investment or that it will remain for the term
     of the Securities.

          6.  The  Subsequent   Contracts  and  the  Pre-Funding   Account.  The
     conveyance  of Subsequent  Contracts by CITSF during the Funding  Period is
     subject to the conditions  described  herein under "The Contract  Pool". If
     CITSF is unable to originate Contracts  satisfying such criteria during the
     Funding Period, CITSF will have insufficient Contracts to sell to the Trust
     on Subsequent Transfer Dates, thereby resulting in prepayments of principal
     to Noteholders as described below.

          To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account have
     not been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Contracts by the Trust
     by the end of the Funding Period,  Noteholders will receive a prepayment of
     principal  in an  amount  equal  to  the  Funded  Amount  remaining  in the
     Pre-Funding  Account at such  time,  which  prepayment  will be made on the
     first  Distribution Date following the end of the Funding Period or, if the
     Funding Period ends on a Distribution Date, on such date. It is anticipated
     that the principal  amount of Subsequent  Contracts  purchased by the Trust
     will not be  exactly  equal to the  amount on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding
     Account  and that  therefore  there  will be at least a  nominal  amount of
     principal prepaid to the Noteholders at the end of the Funding Period.

          Each  Subsequent  Contract  must  satisfy  the  eligibility   criteria
     specified herein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement at the time of its
     addition.  Following the transfer of  Subsequent  Contracts to the Contract
     Pool  the  aggregate  characteristics  of the  Contracts  then  held in the
     Contract  Pool  may  vary  from  those of the  Initial  Contracts  included
     therein.

          The ability of the Trust to invest in Subsequent  Contracts is largely
     dependent  upon  whether  CITSF is able to originate  recreational  vehicle
     contracts that meet the requirements for transfer on a Subsequent  Transfer
     Date  under  a  Subsequent  Purchase  Agreement   transferring   Subsequent
     Contracts  from CITSF to the Company and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.
     The  ability of CITSF to  originate  such  contracts  may be  affected as a
     result of a variety of social and economic factors.  Moreover, such factors
     may  affect  the  ability  of the  Obligors  thereunder  to  perform  their
     obligations thereunder which may cause contracts originated by CITSF or its
     affiliates  to  fail  to meet  the  requirements  for  transfer  under  the
     Subsequent Purchase Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement. Economic
     factors include interest rates,  unemployment levels, the rate of inflation
     and consumer perception of economic conditions generally. However, CITSF is
     unable to determine  and has no basis to predict  whether or to what extent
     economic or social factors will affect the performance by such Obligors and
     the availability of Subsequent Contracts.

          7.  Limited  Assets.  Although  the Trust  will  covenant  to sell the
     Contracts if directed to do so by the Indenture  Trustee in accordance with
     the  Indenture  following  an  acceleration  of the Notes  upon an Event of
     Default,  there is no assurance that the market value of the Contracts will
     at any time be equal to or greater than the aggregate outstanding principal
     balance of the Notes.  Therefore,  upon an Event of Default with respect to
     the Notes there can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available
     to repay Noteholders in full. In addition, the amount of principal required
     to be distributed to Noteholders  under the Indenture is generally  limited
     to amounts  available  to be deposited  in the Note  Distribution  Account.
     Therefore,  the  failure to pay  principal  on a class of the Notes may not
     result in the  occurrence of an Event of Default until the Final  Scheduled
     Distribution Date.

          8.  Limited Guarantee. The aggregate amount  payable under the Limited
     Guarantee on the Certificates  will not exceed $________    (the "Guarantee
     Payment Limit").

                                      -26-

<PAGE>

                          STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION

     The Issuer,  CIT RV Owner Trust 1995-A (the "Issuer" or the "Trust"),  is a
business  trust  formed  under the laws of the State of  Delaware  pursuant to a
Trust  Agreement  (as amended  and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Trust
Agreement")   to  be  dated  as  of  [June  1,  1995]  between  the  Seller  and
_____________________,  acting  thereunder  not in its  individual  capacity but
solely as trustee of the Trust (the "Owner Trustee").  After its formation,  the
Trust will not engage in any  activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding  and
managing the Contracts and the other assets of the Trust and proceeds therefrom,
(ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes
and the  Certificates  and (iv) engaging in other activities that are necessary,
suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental  thereto or
connected therewith.

     The Trust will  initially be  capitalized  with equity equal to  $_________
(the "Original  Certificate  Balance").  Certificates with an aggregate original
principal balance of $___________  will be sold to the Affiliated  Purchaser and
Certificates representing the remainder of the Original Certificate Balance will
be sold to third party investors that are expected to be  unaffiliated  with the
Affiliated Purchaser,  the Seller, the Servicer or their affiliates.  The equity
in the Trust,  together with the proceeds of the initial sale of the Notes, will
be used by the Trust to purchase the Initial  Contracts from the Seller pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  and to fund the deposit of the  Pre-Funded
Amount and the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit.

     The  Trust's  principal  offices  are in  ____________________,  in care of
                         ,  as Owner  Trustee,  at the address  listed in "--The
Owner Trustee" below.

Capitalization of the Trust

     The following table  illustrates the  capitalization of the Trust as of the
Initial  Cut-off  Date,  as if the  issuance  and  sale  of the  Notes  and  the
Certificates offered hereby had taken place on such date:

          Class A ___% Asset Backed Notes ................. $
          ___% Asset Backed Certificates ..................

                     Total ................................ $

The Owner Trustee

     ______________ is the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.  ___________
is a   _____________        banking corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of
     _____________. The principal offices of   _____________      are located at
        _________________. The Owner Trustee will perform limited administrative
functions under the Trust  Agreement,  including making  distributions  from the
Certificate  Distribution  Account.  The Owner Trustee's liability in connection
with the issuance and sale of the  Certificates  and the Notes is limited solely
to the  express  obligations  of the  Owner  Trustee  as set  forth in the Trust
Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.


                               THE TRUST PROPERTY

     The Notes  will be  secured  by the  assets of the  Trust  (other  than the
Certificate  Distribution  Account).  Each  Certificate  represents a fractional
undivided  interest in the Trust.  The Trust property will include,  among other
things,  (i) a pool (the "Contract  Pool") of simple interest  installment  sale
contracts  between Dealers in new and used  recreational  vehicles and Obligors,
consisting  of the Initial  Contracts  and the  Subsequent  Contracts;  (ii) all
monies received under the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial Cut-off Date
and the Subsequent  Contracts on or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date;
(iii)  such  amounts  as from  time to time may be held in one or more  accounts
established  and  maintained by the Servicer  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  (including  all  investments in such accounts and all income from the
funds therein and all proceeds thereof) as described herein;  (iv) all monies on
deposit 
                                      -27-

<PAGE>

in the Pre-Funding  Account,  the Capitalized  Interest  Account and the Reserve
Account (as defined herein)  (including all investments in such accounts and all
income from the funds therein and all proceeds thereof);  (v) security interests
in the Financed Vehicles and any accessions thereto;  (vi) the right to proceeds
from physical damage,  credit life and disability  insurance  policies,  if any,
covering individual Financed Vehicles or Obligors, as the case may be; (vii) the
rights of the Trust under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement;  and (viii) any and
all proceeds of the foregoing.


                               THE CONTRACT POOL

General

     The Contract Pool will initially consist of ______ conventional  fixed-rate
simple interest  installment  sale contracts  secured by  recreational  vehicles
(collectively,  the "Initial  Contracts")  having an aggregate  unpaid principal
balance as of the Initial Cut-off Date of  $____________  (the "Initial  Cut-off
Date  Pool  Principal  Balance").  For the  purposes  of the  discussion  of the
characteristics  of the Initial  Contracts on the Initial Cut-off Date contained
herein,  the principal  balance of each Initial Contract is the unpaid principal
balance as of the Initial Cut-off Date.

     In addition to the  Initial  Contracts  sold by the Company to the Trust on
the Closing Date the Trust is expected to purchase  from the Company  additional
conventional  fixed-rate  simple interest  installment sale contracts secured by
recreational  vehicles from time to time on or before the  [September  15, 1995]
Distribution Date (collectively,  the "Subsequent  Contracts" and, together with
the  Initial  Contracts,  the  "Contracts").  The  Subsequent  Contracts  to  be
purchased by the Trust,  if available,  will be purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY
or Dealers  and sold by CITSF to the  Company  and by the  Company to the Trust.
Accordingly,  the statistical  characteristics of the Contract Pool will vary as
of  any  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date  upon  the  acquisition  of  such  Subsequent
Contracts.

     CITSF will sell the Initial Contracts to the Company pursuant to a Purchase
Agreement to be dated as of [June 1, 1995] (the  "Purchase  Agreement")  and the
Company will sell the Initial  Contracts  to the Trust  pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  to be dated as of [June 1, 1995] (the "Sale and  Servicing
Agreement"),  among the Seller, the Servicer,  and the Owner Trustee. CITSF will
sell any Subsequent  Contracts to the Company pursuant to a Subsequent  Purchase
Agreement  and the  Company  will  sell any  Subsequent  Contracts  to the Trust
pursuant to a Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

     The obligation of the Trust to purchase the Subsequent Contracts is subject
to the following  requirements:  (i) such Subsequent  Contracts must satisfy the
eligibility criteria described under "Representations and Warranties"; (ii) such
Subsequent  Contracts  were not selected by either CIT or the Seller in a manner
that it believes is adverse to the  interests of the  Securityholders  (iii) the
weighted average APR of the Contracts including the related Subsequent Contracts
is not less than [ ]%; (iv) the weighted average remaining term of the Contracts
(including the Subsequent  Receivables)  as of the related  Subsequent  Transfer
Date is not greater  than ___ months;  (v) the Seller and the Trustee  shall not
have been advised by either Rating Agency that the conveyance of such Subsequent
Contracts will result in a qualification, modification or withdrawal of its then
current  rating of either the Notes or the  Certificates;  and (vi) the  Trustee
shall have received certain  opinions of counsel as to, among other things,  the
enforceability  and validity of the Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement  relating to
such conveyance of Subsequent Contracts.

     Because  the  Subsequent  Contracts  will be  originated  after the Initial
Contracts,  following their conveyance to the Trust, the  characteristics of the
Contracts,  including  the  Subsequent  Contracts,  may vary  from  those of the
Initial Contracts.

     All of the Subsequent  Contracts will satisfy the following  criteria:  (i)
each  Subsequent  Contract  will be  originated in the United States of America;
(ii) each Subsequent Contract will have a Contract Rate greater than ___%; (iii)
each Subsequent  Contract will provide for level monthly  payments which provide
interest  at the  related  
                                      -28-

<PAGE>

Contract Rate and, if paid in accordance with its schedule,  fully amortizes the
amount financed over an original term of no greater than ___ months;  (iv) as of
the  related  Subsequent  Cut-off  Date,  the most recent  scheduled  payment of
principal and interest on each Subsequent  Contract will have been made by or on
behalf of the  related  Obligor  or will not have been  delinquent  more than 60
days;  (v) no Subsequent  Financed  Vehicle will have been  repossessed  without
reinstatement as of the related  Subsequent Cut-off Date; (vi) as of the related
Subsequent  Cut-off  Date no Obligor on any  Contract  will be the  subject of a
bankruptcy  proceeding;  and (vii) as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date each
Subsequent  Contract  will have a remaining  principal  balance of not less than
$_________ and not more than $__________.  The Subsequent Financed Vehicles will
consist of motor homes, travel trailers and truck campers.

     The Initial  Contracts  were purchased by CITSF from CITCF-NY or Dealers in
the ordinary  course of  business.  The Initial  Contracts  were  selected  from
CITSF's  portfolio of recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts based on
several  criteria,  including  the  following:  (i) each  Initial  Contract  was
originated  in the United  States of America;  (ii) each Initial  Contract has a
Contract  Rate  equal to or  greater  than ___%;  (iii)  each  Initial  Contract
provides  for level  monthly  payments  which  include  interest  at the related
Contract Rate and, if paid in accordance with its schedule,  fully amortizes the
amount financed over an original term of no greater than ___ months;  (iv) as of
the Initial  Cut-off Date the most recent  scheduled  payment of  principal  and
interest  on each  Initial  Contract  was made by or on  behalf  of the  related
Obligor or was not delinquent more than 60 days; (v) no Initial Financed Vehicle
has been  repossessed  without  reinstatement  as of the related Initial Cut-off
Date; (vi) as of the Initial Cut-off Date no Obligor on any Initial Contract was
the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding; and (vii) as of the Initial Cut-off Date
each  Initial  Contract  has a  remaining  principal  balance  of not less  than
$_________ and not more than $__________.  The Initial Financed Vehicles consist
of motor homes, travel trailers and truck campers.

     All of the Initial Contracts are, and all of the Subsequent  Contracts will
be, Simple Interest Contracts.  A "Simple Interest Contract" is a Contract as to
which interest  accrues on a simple interest method (i.e.,  the interest portion
of each monthly payment equals the interest on the outstanding principal balance
of the related  Contract  for the number of days since the most  recent  payment
made on such  Contract  and the  balance,  if any,  of such  monthly  payment is
applied to principal).

     The  Initial  Contracts  were  originated  between  ___________,  19__  and
___________,  19__. All Initial Contracts are installment sale contracts secured
by  recreational  vehicles  originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course of its
business and purchased by CITSF in the ordinary course of its business.

     Approximately  __% of the  Initial  Cut-off  Date  Pool  Principal  Balance
represented  Initial  Contracts  secured by motor homes and approximately __% of
the Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal  Balance  represented  Initial Contracts
secured by travel trailers and truck campers.  Approximately  __% of the Initial
Contracts, by Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance, represented financing
of  recreational  vehicles  which  were new and  approximately  __%  represented
financing  of  recreational  vehicles  which  were used at the time the  related
Initial  Contract was  originated.  As of the Initial  Cut-off Date, the average
outstanding  principal  balance of the Initial Contracts secured by motor homes,
travel  trailers  and  truck  campers  was   $____________,   $____________  and
$____________, respectively.

     Based upon information  presented by Obligors in their credit  applications
the Initial  Contracts were  originated in __ states.  Approximately  __% of the
Initial  Contracts,  by  Initial  Cut-off  Date  Pool  Principal  Balance,  were
originated in the State of California,  approximately __% were originated in the
State of  ___________  and  approximately  __% were  originated  in the State of
________.  Each other state accounts for less than __% of the Initial  Contracts
by Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.

     All Initial  Contracts  have a Contract Rate of at least _____%.  As of the
Initial  Cut-off Date, the Initial  Contracts  have  remaining  maturities of at
least ___ months but not more than ____ months,  original maturities of at least
___ months but not more
                                      -29-

<PAGE>


than ____ months, and a weighted average remaining term to scheduled maturity of
___ months.  The average  remaining  principal  balance per contract,  as of the
Initial Cutoff Date, was $_________ and the  outstanding  principal  balances of
the Initial  Contracts,  as of the Initial Cut-off Date, ranged from $__________
to $_________.

     The final  scheduled  payment  dates on the  Initial  Contracts  range from
_____,  199_ to ______,  200_. The final  scheduled  payment date on the Initial
Contract with the last maturity is in ____ months and occurs in _______, 200_.
     The  weighted  average  stated  remaining  term to  maturity on the Initial
Contacts as of the Initial Cut-off Date was ___ months and the weighted  average
original term to maturity of the Initial Contracts was____ months.

     Set forth below is a description of certain  characteristics of the Initial
Contracts.




































                                      -30-

<PAGE>



     Geographical Distribution of Initial Contracts by State of Origination
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        % of Contract
                                                          % of Contract                                    Pool by
                                      Number of           Pool by Number       Aggregate Principal     Principal Balance
                                       Initial              of Initial         Balance Outstanding        Outstanding
                                   Contracts As of        Contracts As of             As of                  As of
State                           Initial Cut-off Date   Initial Cut-off Date   Initial Cut-off Date    Initial Cut-off Date
- -----                           --------------------   --------------------   --------------------    --------------------
<S>                                     <C>                    <C>                    <C>                     <C>        
Alabama.........................                                      %               $                             %
Arizona.........................
Arkansas........................
California......................
Colorado........................
Connecticut.....................
Delaware........................
District of Columbia............
Florida.........................
Georgia.........................
Hawaii..........................
Idaho...........................
Illinois........................
Indiana.........................
Iowa............................
Kansas..........................
Kentucky........................
Louisiana.......................
Maine...........................
Maryland........................
Massachusetts...................
Michigan........................
Minnesota.......................
Mississippi.....................
Missouri........................
Montana.........................
Nebraska........................
Nevada..........................
New Hampshire...................
New Jersey......................
New Mexico......................
New York........................
North Carolina..................
North Dakota....................
Ohio............................
Oklahoma........................
Oregon..........................
Pennsylvania....................
South Carolina..................
South Dakota....................
Tennessee.......................
Texas...........................
Utah............................
Vermont.........................
Virginia........................
Washington......................
West Virginia...................
Wisconsin.......................
Wyoming.........................
                                        ---------              -------                ---------------         ------    
Total...........................                                100.00%(1)            $                       100.00%(1)
                                        =========              =======                ===============         ======  
</TABLE>


- ----------------
(1)  Due to rounding, may not add to 100.00%


                                      -31-

<PAGE>

                            Range of Contract Rates

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       %  of Contract Pool                                   % of Contract Pool
                                   Number of              by Number of            Aggregate Principal           By Principal
Range of Initial Contracts       Contracts As of      Initial Contracts as of   Balance Outstanding As of  Balance Outstanding As of
By Contract Rates              Initial Cut-off Date     Initial Cut-off Date      Initial Cut-off Date       Initial Cut-off Date
- --------------------------     --------------------     --------------------      --------------------       --------------------
<S>                                 <C>                     <C>                       <C>                          <C>
 7.00%-8.00%..................                                      %                 $                                  %
 8.01%-9.00%..................
 9.01%-10.00%.................
10.01%-11.00%.................
11.01%-12.00%.................
12.01%-13.00%.................
13.01%-14.00%.................
14.01%-15.00%.................
                                     -----------              ------                  --------------               ------    
       Total..................                                100.00%                 $                            100.00%(1)
                                     ===========              ======                  ==============               ======   
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1)  Due to rounding, may not add to 100.00%


Delinquency, Loan Loss and Repossession Experience

     The following Delinquency Experience and Loan Loss/Repossession  Experience
tables set forth data for CITSF's recreational vehicle portfolio.  The following
table sets forth the  delinquency  experience  for the four years ended December
31,  1994  and the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1995 of the  portfolio  of
recreational  vehicle contracts  serviced by CITSF (other than contracts already
in repossession).

                             Delinquency Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      3 months    3 months
                                       ended       ended                      Year Ended December 31,
                                      March 31,   March 31,   --------------------------------------------------------
                                        1995        1994        1994        1993        1992        1991        1990    
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------- 
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>      
Number of Contracts
  Serviced........................
Principal Balance of Contracts
  Serviced........................    $           $           $           $           $           $           $         
Number of Contracts
  Delinquent(1):
     30-59 Days...................    $           $           $           $           $           $           $        
     60-89 Days...................
     90 Days or More..............    
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------- 
Total Contracts
  Delinquent......................    $           $           $           $           $           $           $        
                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ========    ======== 
Delinquencies as a
Percent of Principal
  Balance of Contracts
  Serviced(2)....................           %           %           %           %           %           %           %  

</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)  The  period of  delinquency  is based on the  number of days  payments  are
     contractually past due (assuming 30-day months).  Consequently,  a contract
     due on the first day of a month is not 30 days  delinquent  until the first
     day of the next month.

(2)  Percent delinquent based on dollar amounts.

                                                -32-

<PAGE>


     The following  table sets forth the loan loss and  repossession  experience
for the four years ended  December 31, 1994 and the three months ended March 31,
1995,  of the  portfolio of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  serviced by CITSF
(other than contracts already in repossession).

                       Loan Loss/Repossession Experience
                             (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      3 months    3 months
                                       ended       ended                      Year Ended December 31,
                                      March 31,   March 31,   --------------------------------------------------------
                                        1995        1994        1994        1993        1992        1991        1990   
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------- 
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Number of Contracts(1)..............
Principal Balance
  of Contracts(1)................... $           $           $           $           $           $           $         
Contract Liquidations(2) ...........         %           %           %           %           %           %           %  
Net Losses:
  Dollars(3)........................ $           $           $           $           $           $           $          
  Percentage(4).....................         %           %           %           %           %           %           %  

</TABLE>


- ----------------

(1)  As of period end.

(2)  As a  percentage  of the total  number of  contracts  being  serviced as of
     period end.

(3)  The  calculation  of net  loss  includes  unpaid  interest  to the  date of
     repossession and all expenses of repossession and liquidation.

(4)  As a percentage of the principal balance of contracts as of period end.

     Prior to 1989,  CITSF  originated  recreational  vehicle  contracts under a
manual credit approval  system.  In 1989,  CITSF strengthened  its  underwriting
criteria under the manual  underwriting  system.  In 1992,  CITSF  introduced an
automated credit scoring system.  This system was developed in part based on the
credit  performance of the recreational  vehicle contracts  originated under the
post-1989 manual system.  To date,  contracts  underwritten  under the automated
credit  scoring  system  have  lower  delinquencies  at the same  point in their
maturity as those contracts originated under the manual system.

    [Management Discussion]

     The data  presented in the foregoing  tables is for  illustrative  purposes
only.  Such data  related  to the  performance  of CITSF's  entire  recreational
vehicle  portfolio,  and is not historical data regarding  solely the portion of
CITSF's  portfolio  constituting  the  Contracts.  In July 1994  CITSF's  credit
criteria  was changed to permit  greater  reliance on credit  scores and overall
evaluation instead of using specific  disqualifying criteria (e.g., a minimum of
five years of employment).  In connection  with this change,  the minimum credit
score for  approval  was reduced.  The  interest  rate  charged on  recreational
vehicle contracts  originated since July 1994 reflects CITSF's evaluation of the
relative risk associated with an individual's  application.  It is expected that
the changes in CITSF's  underwriting  standards may result in higher delinquency
and loan loss  experience  than is shown in the above  tables  since most of the
recreational  vehicle  contracts  included in such tables were originated  using
CITSF's  former  underwriting  guidelines.  All of the  Initial  Contracts  were
originated and all Subsequent Contracts,  if any, will be originated under these
new credit  criteria.  Accordingly,  the data presented in the foregoing  tables
should not  necessarily  be considered as a basis for assessing the  likelihood,
amount or severity of delinquency or losses on the Contracts.

                                      -33-

<PAGE>


                     MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

     All of the  Contracts are  prepayable  at any time without any penalty.  If
prepayments are received on the Contracts,  the actual weighted  average life of
the Contracts will be shorter than the scheduled weighted average life, which is
based on the  assumption  that  payments  will be made as scheduled  and that no
prepayments  will be made.  For this  purpose the term  "prepayments"  includes,
among other  items,  voluntary  prepayments  by  Obligors,  regular  installment
payments  made in advance of their  scheduled  due  dates,  liquidations  due to
default,  proceeds  from  physical  damage,  credit  life and credit  disability
insurance  policies,  if any, and  purchases by CITSF or the Servicer of certain
Contracts as described herein. Weighted average life means the average amount of
time during  which each dollar of principal  on a Contract is  outstanding.  The
rate of prepayments on the Contracts may be influenced by a variety of economic,
social and other  factors,  including  the fact that an Obligor  may not sell or
transfer a Financed Vehicle without the consent of CITSF. Any reinvestment  risk
resulting from the rate of prepayment of the Contracts and the  distribution  of
such   prepayments   to   Securityholders   will  be  borne   entirely   by  the
Securityholders. In addition, early retirement of the Securities may be effected
by  either  (i) the  exercise  of the  option  of CITSF to  purchase  all of the
Contracts  remaining in the Trust when the  aggregate  principal  balance of the
Contracts  (the "Pool  Balance")  is 10% or less of the Initial Pool Balance (as
hereinafter  defined)  or (ii) the sale by the  Trustee of all of the  Contracts
remaining  in the Trust  when the Pool  Principal  Balance  is 5% or less of the
Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal  Balance.  See "The Purchase  Agreements and
Trust Documents--Termination."

     The  rate  of  principal  payments  (including  prepayments)  on  pools  of
recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts may be influenced by a variety
of economic,  geographic,  social and other factors.  In general,  if prevailing
interest  rates  were to fall  significantly  below  the  Contract  Rates on the
Contracts,  the Contracts  could be subject to higher  prepayment  rates than if
prevailing  interest  rates were to remain at or above the Contract Rates on the
Contracts.  Conversely, if prevailing interest rates were to rise significantly,
the  rate of  prepayments  on the  Contracts  would  generally  be  expected  to
decrease.  No  assurances  can be  given as to the  rate of  prepayments  on the
Contracts in stable or changing interest rate environments.

     CITSF is not aware of any publicly available  industry  statistics that set
forth principal prepayment  experience for recreational vehicle installment sale
contracts  similar to the  Contracts  over an extended  period of time,  and its
experience  with respect to  recreational  vehicle  receivables  included in its
portfolio is insufficient to draw any specific  conclusions  with respect to the
expected prepayment rates on the Contracts.


           Information Regarding Principal Reduction on Recreational
                     Vehicle Contracts Originated by CITSF

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Year of Origination                            1991            1992            1993            1994
Approximate Volume (1)                         $               $               $               $
Approximate Aggregate
       Principal Balance (2):
       December 31, 1991                       $
       December 31, 1992                       $               $
       December 31, 1993                       $               $               $
       December 31, 1994                       $               $               $               $

</TABLE>

- ----------------

(1)  Volume  represents  aggregate  initial  principal  balance of each contract
     originated in a particular year.

(2)  Approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  as of any date  represents  the
     approximate  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding  at the  end of the
     indicated year on each contract originated in a particular year.

                                      -34-

<PAGE>


                              YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

     Thirty days of interest on the Contracts will be paid to the Noteholders in
an  amount  equal to one  twelfth  of the  product  of the  Class A Rate and the
outstanding  principal balance of the Notes as of the first day of the preceding
Interest  Accrual Period (after giving effect to any  distributions of principal
made on such  preceding  Interest  Accrual  Period) or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date,  the  original  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  See "The
Notes-Distributions of Principal". Thirty days of interest on the Contracts will
be passed through to  Certificateholders  on each Distribution Date in an amount
equal to one-twelfth of the product of the Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate
Balance (the "Certificate  Balance" is the Original  Certificate Balance reduced
by all distributions allocable to principal actually made to Certificateholders)
as of the first day of the  preceding  Interest  Accrual  Period  (after  giving
effect to any distributions of principal made on such preceding Interest Accrual
Period) or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, the Original Certificate
Principal Balance. See "The Certificates -- Distributions of Principal".

     Although the Contracts  have  different  Contract  Rates,  each  Contract's
Contract  Rate exceeds the sum of the  Pass-Through  Rate and the  Servicing Fee
Rate.  Therefore,  disproportionate  rates of prepayments between Contracts with
higher and lower Contract  Rates should not affect the yield to  Securityholders
on the principal balance of the Securities outstanding.


                                  POOL FACTORS

     The "Note Pool Factor" is a  seven-digit  decimal  which the Servicer  will
compute each month indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of the
Notes as of the  Distribution  Date,  as a fraction of the  initial  outstanding
principal balance of the Notes. The Note Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the
Initial Cut-off Date, and thereafter  will decline to reflect  reductions in the
outstanding  principal  balance  of the  Notes.  A  Noteholder's  portion of the
aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the Notes is the product of (i) the
original denomination of the Noteholder's Note and (ii) the Note Pool Factor.

     The "Certificate  Pool Factor" is a seven-digit  decimal which the Servicer
will compute each month indicating the remaining  Certificate  Balance as of the
Distribution  Date,  as a  fraction  of the  initial  Certificate  Balance.  The
Certificate  Pool Factor will be 1.0000000 as of the Initial  Cut-off Date,  and
thereafter  will  decline to reflect  reductions  in the  outstanding  principal
balance of the  Certificates.  A  Certificateholder's  portion of the  aggregate
outstanding  Certificate Balance is the product of (i) the original denomination
of the Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii) the Certificate Pool Factor.

     Pursuant to the Indenture,  the  Noteholders  will receive  monthly reports
concerning the payments  received on the Contracts,  the Pool Balance,  the Note
Pool  Factor and  various  other  items of  information.  Pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  the  Certificateholders  will receive monthly reports concerning the
payments received on the Receivables,  the Pool Balance, Certificate Pool Factor
and various other items of information. Securityholders of record (which in most
cases will be Cede & Co.) during any calendar year will be furnished information
for tax reporting  purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Reports to Securityholders."


                                      -35-

<PAGE>


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The Company will sell the Initial Contracts to the Trust  concurrently with
the sale of the  Securities and the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities
will be applied by the Trustees to the purchase of the Initial Contracts, to the
payment of certain expenses connected with pooling the Contracts and issuing the
Securities,  to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding Account,
to the deposit of the Reserve  Fund  Initial  Deposit in the Reserve Fund and to
the deposit of the initial amount into the Capitalized  Interest  Account.  Such
net proceeds  less the payment of such  expenses,  the  Pre-Funded  Amount,  the
Reserve  Fund  Initial  Deposit and the  initial  deposit  into the  Capitalized
Interest  Account  represent the purchase price paid by the Trust to the Company
for the  sale  of the  Initial  Contracts  to the  Trust.  Such  amount  will be
determined  as a result of the pricing of the  Securities,  through the offering
described in this  Prospectus.  The net proceeds to be received from the sale of
the  Initial  Contracts  will be paid to CITSF  as the  purchase  price  for the
Contracts  and will be added to CITSF's  general funds and will be available for
general corporate purposes,  including the purchase of new recreational  vehicle
installment sales contracts.


              THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II, SELLER

     The  CIT  Group   Securitization   Corporation   II  (the   "Company")  was
incorporated  in the State of Delaware  on June 24, 1994 and is a  wholly-owned,
limited purpose finance  subsidiary of The CIT Group Holdings,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("CIT"),  which is a successor to a company  founded in St.  Louis,
Missouri,  in February 1908. CIT is 60% owned by The Dai-Ichi  Kangyo Bank, Ltd.
and 40% by MHC  Holdings  (Delaware)  Inc.,  a  subsidiary  of Chemical  Banking
Corporation.  The  Company  maintains  its  principal  office at 650 CIT  Drive,
Livingston, New Jersey 07039. Its telephone number is (201) 740-5284.

     As described  herein,  the  obligations  of the Company with respect to the
Certificates are limited. The Company will have no ongoing servicing obligations
or responsibilities with respect to the Contract Pool.

     CITSF is an affiliate of the Company. The Company will acquire the Contract
Pool in a privately negotiated transaction from CITSF.

     Neither  CIT nor any of its  affiliates,  including  the Company and CITSF,
will be  obligated  with  respect  to the  Securities,  except  for the  Limited
Guarantee provided by CIT in favor of the Certificateholders.  Accordingly,  the
Company has determined that financial  statements of CITSF and the Company,  are
not material to the offering of the Securities.


                 THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC., SERVICER

General

     The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CITSF"), is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of CIT. It has its principal executive office at 650 CIT
Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039, and its telephone number is (201) 740-5000.

     CITSF originates, purchases, sells and services conditional sales contracts
for  recreational  vehicles,  manufactured  housing  and  other  consumer  goods
throughout  the  United  States.  CITSF  has been a lender  to the  recreational
vehicle industry for more than 30 years.  CITSF has Regional Business Centers in
five  cities and a  centralized  asset  service  facility  (the  "Asset  Service
Center") in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  Working through dealers and manufacturers,
CITSF offers retail installment  credit. In addition to purchasing  recreational
vehicle  contracts  from  dealers  on an  individual  basis,  CITSF  makes  bulk
purchases of recreational  vehicle  contracts.  These bulk purchases may be from
the  portfolios  of  other  lending  

                                      -36-

<PAGE>


institutions or finance  companies,  the portfolios of governmental  agencies or
instrumentalities  or the  portfolios  of other  entities that purchase and hold
recreational vehicle contracts.

     The Asset Service Center of CITSF services consumer credit  transactions in
50  states  and the  District  of  Columbia.  It  provides  full  servicing  for
recreational   vehicle  and  manufactured   housing  retail  installment  credit
supplemented by outside collectors and field remarketers  located throughout the
United States.

     As of              ____________, 1995, CITSF serviced for itself and others
approximately  ________ contracts  (consisting primarily of recreational vehicle
and  manufactured  housing  contracts),  representing an outstanding  balance of
approximately $___ billion.  Of this portfolio, approximately   ______ contracts
(representing approximately  $    ___  million outstanding balance) consisted of
recreational vehicle contracts.

     Since _____________,  199_, CITSF has entered into arrangements to service,
on behalf of other owners, approximately         _________  recreational vehicle
contracts (determined as of _____________,  1995) which were originated by other
institutions.  CITSF's  management  currently  intends  to pursue  both the bulk
purchase of recreational vehicle contracts and arrangements under which it would
service  recreational  vehicle  contracts,  on behalf of other  owners,  that it
neither purchased nor originated.

     CITSF's  general  policies with regard to the  origination of  recreational
vehicle   installment   sale  contracts  are  described  below  under  "Contract
Origination" and "CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines".  See "Servicing" below for a
description of certain of CITSF's servicing policies.

Contract Origination

     Although CITSF does, on occasion, purchase recreational vehicle installment
sale contracts in bulk from other lenders,  all of the Contracts in the Contract
Pool have been  originated  by CITSF  through  the  purchase  of such  Contracts
from Dealers.

     Through  its  Regional  Business   Centers,   CITSF  arranges  to  purchase
recreational   vehicle  contracts  from  recreational  vehicle  dealers  located
throughout the United States.  Regional  Business Center  personnel  contact the
dealers located in their  territories and explain  CITSF's  available  financing
plans, terms,  prevailing rates and credit and financing policies. If the dealer
wishes to use  CITSF's  available  customer  financing,  the dealer must make an
application  for  dealer  approval.   Upon   satisfactory   results  of  CITSF's
investigation of the dealer's  creditworthiness and general business reputation,
CITSF  and the  dealer  execute  a  dealer  agreement.  [CITSF  also  originates
recreational vehicle installment loan agreements  directly.] In addition,  CITSF
purchases  portfolios  of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  from other  lending
institutions or finance companies.

     Contracts  that  CITSF  purchases  from  dealers or  originates  itself (as
opposed to portfolios of contracts  purchased  from other lenders) are purchased
on an  individually  approved  basis in  accordance  with  CITSF's  underwriting
guidelines.

CITSF's Underwriting Guidelines

     All recreational vehicle contracts that are purchased by CITSF from dealers
are  written on forms  provided or  approved  by CITSF and are  purchased  on an
individually  approved basis. With respect to each retail  recreational  vehicle
contract to be purchased from a dealer,  CITSF's general practice is to have the
dealer submit the customer's credit application,  manufacturer's invoice (if the
Contract is for a new vehicle)  and certain  other  information  relating to the
contract to the applicable  Regional Business Center.  Personnel at the Regional
Business Center prepare an analysis of the  creditworthiness of the customer and
of other aspects of the proposed transaction.

                                      -37-

<PAGE>

     Since  1992,   each  credit   application  is  entered  into  an  automatic
application processing system. CITSF's underwriting guidelines require, and have
required,  a credit officer at a Regional  Business  Center with the appropriate
level of credit authority to examine each applicant's credit history,  residence
history,  employment history and debt-to-income  payment ratio.  Although,  with
respect to these criteria, CITSF has, and has had, certain minimum requirements,
as described  below.  CITSF's  management  does not believe  that these  minimum
requirements are themselves  generally  sufficient to warrant credit approval of
an applicant. Thus, there were and are no requirements on the basis of which, if
they are met, credit is routinely approved. Based on credit score and other risk
factors, each applicant is either approved, declined or, if necessary,  referred
to a credit  officer with a higher  credit  authority.  Funding of a contract is
authorized  after  verification of the conditions of approval of the application
and satisfactory delivery of the related recreational vehicle.

     The retail customer  generally has a stable year residence,  employment and
credit  history,  a minimum of two years in his or her present job, a debt ratio
(the ratio of total  installment  debt and  housing  expenses  to gross  monthly
income) of 40% or less, a down payment of at least 15% and an overall  favorable
credit   profile.   Approval   of  retail   customers   that  do  not  meet  the
above-described  retail customer profile are considered by the appropriate level
credit officer, on a case by case basis. Such approval,  if granted, is based on
the applicant's length and likelihood of continued  employment,  ability to pay,
and a review of the  applicants'  paying  habits.  No  guarantors,  endorsers or
co-signers  are to be considered in  considering  whether to accept or reject an
application. The maximum amount CITSF will advance to such targeted customers is
(i) in the case of a new financed vehicle,  100% of the unpaid cash balance, not
to  exceed  110% of the  manufacturer's  invoice  price  plus  taxes,  fees  and
insurance  and (ii) in the case of a used financed  vehicle,  100% of the unpaid
cash  balance,  not to exceed 100% of the  wholesale  value as determined by the
Kelly blue book.  Funding of a contract is authorized after  verification of the
conditions  of  approval of the  application  and  satisfactory  delivery of the
related recreational vehicle.

     Prior to  implementing  the automated  credit  scoring  system,  applicants
required  a five year  residence  history,  with no less than the last two years
verified,  a minimum  five years of  employment  history with a minimum of three
years or five  years in his or her  present  job for home  owners  and  renters,
respectively,  which  employment must be verified,  a debt ratio of 40% or less,
and a minimum of five years of established  credit  history.  The credit history
was evidenced by a current  credit bureau  report  confirming an overall  credit
profile ___________.

     The credit review and approval  practices of each Regional  Business Center
are subject to internal  reviews and  internal  audits that,  through  sampling,
examine the nature of the verification of credit histories, residence histories,
employment  histories,  debt ratios of the  applicants  and  evaluate the credit
risks  associated with the contracts  purchased  through such regional office by
rating the  obligors on such  contracts  according  to their  credit  histories,
employment histories, debt ratios and housing ratios.

Servicing

     CITSF  services,  through its Asset Service Center,  recreational  vehicle,
manufactured  housing, home equity, and other consumer loans. CITSF services all
of the recreational vehicle contracts it purchases or originates,  whether on an
individual basis or in bulk. CITSF is actively seeking arrangements  pursuant to
which it will service  recreational  vehicle  contracts held by other  entities.
Such contracts would not be purchased by CITSF or sold to such other entities by
CITSF.  Generally,  such  servicing  responsibilities  are,  and would be,  also
carried out through  CITSF's Asset Service  Center.  Servicing  responsibilities
include collecting principal and interest payments,  taxes,  insurance premiums,
where  applicable,  and other  payments from obligors and,  where such contracts
have been  sold,  remitting  

                                      -38-

<PAGE>

principal  and  interest  payments  to the holders  thereof,  to the extent such
holders are entitled thereto.  Collection  procedures  include  repossession and
resale of  recreational  vehicles  securing  defaulted  contracts and, if deemed
advisable by CITSF,  entering  into workout  arrangements  with  obligors  under
certain defaulted  contracts.  Although decisions as to whether to repossess any
recreational  vehicle are made on an individual basis, CITSF's general policy is
to  institute  repossession  procedures  promptly  after  Asset  Service  Center
personnel  determine  that it is  unlikely  that a  defaulted  contract  will be
brought  current,  and  thereafter  to  diligently  pursue  the  resale  of such
recreational   vehicles  if  the  market  is   favorable.   See  "The   Contract
Pool--Delinquency, Loan Loss and Repossession Experience" for certain historical
statistical data relating to the delinquency and repossession  experience of the
contracts serviced through CITSF's Asset Service Center.

     The following table shows the composition of CITSF's  servicing  portfolio,
including  recreational  vehicle and manufactured  housing contracts serviced by
CITSF on the dates indicated:


                                      -39-

<PAGE>



                      THE CIT GROUP/SALES FINANCING, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             At December 31,
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1994               1993               1992              1991               1990
                                     ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
                                     (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars) (Number) (Dollars)
                                                     (Dollars in thousands except average unpaid principal balance)
<S>                                   <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Unpaid principal balance of
contracts being serviced
(dollars in thousands)
   RV - Owned.....................             $                  $                  $                  $                  $
   RV - Serviced Retained(1)......
   Total RV.......................             $                  $                  $                  $                  $

   Total MH.......................             $                  $                  $                  $                  $

   Other..........................
                                      ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   -------
Total Contracts Serviced..........             $                  $                  $                  $                  $

Average Unpaid
   Balance - RV...................             $                  $                  $                  $                  $

</TABLE>

- ----------------

RV = Recreational Vehicle


                                      -40-

<PAGE>



                                      CIT

     CIT is a successor to a company founded in St. Louis,  Missouri on February
11, 1908. It has its principal executive offices at 1211 Avenue of the Americas,
New York,  New York 10036,  and its  telephone  number is (212)  536-1950.  CIT,
operating  directly or through its subsidiaries  primarily in the United States,
engages in  financial  services  activities  through a  nationwide  distribution
network.  CIT  provides  financing  primarily on a secured  basis to  commercial
borrowers,  ranging from  middle-market  to larger companies and to consumers in
connection with manufactured housing,  recreational vehicles and boat financing,
as well as residential mortgages.  While these secured lending activities reduce
the risk of losses from extending  credit,  CIT's results of operations can also
be affected by other factors, including general economic conditions, competitive
conditions, the level and volatility of interest rates, concentrations of credit
risk and  government  regulation  and  supervision.  CIT does  not  finance  the
development or construction  of commercial real estate.  CIT has eight strategic
business  units,   seven  of  which  offer  corporate   financing,   dealer  and
manufacturer  financing,  and factoring products and services to clients, and an
eighth strategic business unit which commenced operations in the last quarter of
1992 offering  consumer second mortgage  financing and which began offering home
equity lines of credit and purchase money mortgage loans to consumers in 1994.

     Effective at year-end  1989,  The Dai-Ichi  Kangyo  Bank,  Limited  ("DKB")
purchased  sixty  percent (60%) of the issued and  outstanding  shares of common
stock of CIT from  Manufacturers  Hanover  Corporation  ("MHC").  MHC retained a
forty percent (40%) common stock interest in CIT.  Effective March 29, 1990, MHC
transferred its forty percent (40%) common stock interest in CIT to MHC Holdings
(Delaware) Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of MHC ("MHC Holdings").  On December
31,  1991,  MHC and Chemical  Banking  Corporation  merged in a  stock-for-stock
transaction.  The merged  corporation  is called  Chemical  Banking  Corporation
("CBC").  CBC retains a forty percent (40%) common stock interest in CIT through
MHC Holdings.

     In accordance with a stockholders agreement among DKB, CBC, as successor to
MHC, and CIT (the  "Stockholders  Agreement"),  CIT amended its  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and  its  By-Laws  in  conformity  therewith.   Pursuant  to  the
Stockholders  Agreement,  immediately  after  MHC sold the sixty  percent  (60%)
interest  in CIT to DKB,  the  stockholders  elected  a new  Board of  Directors
comprised of the President and Chief Executive  Officer and the Vice Chairman of
CIT, six nominees  designated  by DKB, and two nominees  designated  by MHC. The
Stockholders  Agreement  also  contains  provisions  for the  management of CIT,
majority  voting by DKB on CIT's  Executive  Committee,  consent of MHC Holdings
with respect to major  corporate and business  changes,  and  restrictions  with
respect to the transfer of stock of CIT to third parties.

     CIT is subject to the  informational  requirements of the Exchange Act and,
in  accordance   therewith,   files  reports  and  other  information  with  the
Commission.  Such reports and other  information  can be inspected and copied at
the offices of the Commission and at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc. See "Additional Information."



                                      -41-

<PAGE>



                                   THE NOTES

General

     The CIT RV Owner  Trust  1995-A  Asset  Backed  Notes  (the  "Notes")  will
represent  obligations  of the Trust  secured by the assets of the Trust  (other
than the  Certificate  Distribution  Account).  The Trust will  issue  $________
aggregate  principal  amount of Class A ___% Asset  Backed  Notes (the  "Class A
Notes")  pursuant to the terms of an  Indenture to be dated as of [June 1, 1995]
(as amended and  supplemented  from time to time, the  "Indenture")  between the
Trust and  __________________,  as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"),  a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus  forms a part. A copy of the  Indenture  will be  available  from the
Company,  upon request,  to the holders of the Notes or Certificates and will be
filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  following
the issuance of the Notes and  Certificates.  The  following  summary  describes
certain terms of the Notes and the Indenture. The summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all  of  the  provisions  of the  Notes  and  the  Indenture.  Where  particular
provisions or terms used in the Indenture are referred to, the actual provisions
(including  definitions of terms) are  incorporated by reference as part of such
summary.

     The Notes will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations  of $1,000
and integral  multiples of $1,000  thereof in book-entry  form only. The Class A
Notes will initially be  represented by a single Note  registered in the name of
the  nominee of The  Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC" and,  together  with any
successor  depository  selected by the  Company,  the  "Depository"),  except as
provided below.  The Company has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be
Cede & Co.  ("Cede").  No person  acquiring an interest in the Notes through the
facilities  of  DTC  (a  "Note  Owner")  will  be  entitled  to  receive  a Note
representing  such  person's  interest  in the Notes,  except as set forth below
under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive  Securities" and
such  persons will hold their  interests in the Notes  through DTC in the United
States or Cedel or Euroclear in Europe.  Unless and until  Definitive  Notes are
issued under the limited  circumstances  described  herein,  all  references  to
actions by  Noteholders  shall refer to actions  taken by DTC upon  instructions
from its  Participants,  and all references  herein to  distributions,  notices,
reports and statements to  Noteholders  shall refer to  distributions,  notices,
reports and statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC  procedures.  See "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities--Definitive Securities" below.

     Payments of interest  and  principal  on the Notes with respect to each Due
Period  will be made on the  fifteenth  day of each month or, if any such day is
not a Business Day, on the next  succeeding  Business Day (each, a "Distribution
Date"),  commencing [July 17, 1995]. With respect to any Distribution  Date, the
"Due Period" will be the calendar month preceding the month of such Distribution
Date.  The first Due Period will commence on and include [June 1, 1995] and will
end  on and  include  [June  30,  1995].  Payments  on the  Securities  on  each
Distribution  Date  will  be  made  to the  holders  of  record  of the  related
Securities on the day immediately  preceding such  Distribution  Date or, in the
event  Definitive  Securities have been issued,  as on the last day of the month
immediately  preceding the month in which such Distribution Date occurs (each, a
"Record Date"). A "Business Day" is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any
day on which banking  institutions or trust companies in the City of New York or
___________ are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

Payments of Interest

     The Class A Notes  will bear  interest  at the rate of ___% per annum  (the
"Class A Rate").  Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes will
accrue  at the  Class  A  Rate  from  _____________  or  from  the  most  recent
Distribution Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding the following
Distribution  Date  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual  Period").  Interest  will be
calculated on the basis of a 360- 

                                      -42-

<PAGE>


day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  Interest payable on a Distribution
Date (the "Class A Interest  Distribution  Amount")  will be  calculated  on the
basis of the outstanding  principal  amount of Class A Notes as of the preceding
Distribution  Date, after giving effect to any distributions of principal on the
Class A Notes on such preceding  Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, on the basis of the original outstanding  principal amount of
the Class A Notes). Interest accrued as of any Distribution Date but not paid on
such Distribution Date will be due on the next Distribution Date,  together with
interest on such amount at the Class A Rate to the extent permitted by law.

Payments of Principal

     Principal  payments will be made to the  Noteholders  on each  Distribution
Date in an amount equal to the Principal  Distribution  Amount.  The  "Principal
Distribution  Amount" is equal to the difference between (i) the Pool Balance on
the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period  (or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date, the Initial  Cut-off Date Pool Balance),  less (ii) the Pool
Balance on the last day of the preceding Due Period; provided, however, that the
Principal  Distribution Amount on the Class A Final Scheduled  Distribution Date
will equal the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes as of such date and
the Principal  Distribution  Amount on the Certificate  Final  Distribution Date
will equal the Certificate  Balance on such date;  provided,  further,  that for
purposes of this  calculation  the Pool  Balance  shall be adjusted to take into
account  the  acquisition  of the  Subsequent  Contracts.  For the  purposes  of
determining the Principal  Distribution Amount the unpaid principal balance of a
Defaulted  Contract or a Repurchased  Contract is deemed to be zero on and after
the last  day of the Due  Period  in  which  such  Contract  became a  Defaulted
Contract or a Repurchased Contract.  The Principal  Distribution Amount will not
exceed the outstanding  principal  balance of the Notes or, after the Cross-Over
Date, the Certificate Balance.

     No  principal  will be paid in respect of the Notes until the  Servicer has
been reimbursed for any outstanding Advances and has been paid the Servicing Fee
(including  any  unpaid  Servicing  Fee with  respect  to one or more  prior Due
Periods)  (collectively,  the  "Servicer  Payment") and until the entire Class A
Interest  Distribution  Amount has been paid for the related  Distribution Date.
The principal  balance of the Class A Notes, to the extent not previously  paid,
will be due on the Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date. The actual date on which
the aggregate  outstanding  principal amount of the Class A Notes is paid may be
earlier  than the  Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date  based on a  variety  of
factors.

     On each Determination Date, the Indenture Trustee will determine the amount
in the Collection Account and the Reserve Fund available for distribution on the
related  Distribution Date and shall allocate such amounts between the Notes and
the  Certificates  as described  herein under "The Purchase  Agreements  and the
Trust Documents -- Distributions".  Payments to Securityholders shall be made on
each Distribution Date in accordance with such allocations. The unpaid principal
balance of the Notes will be payable on the related Final Scheduled Distribution
Date.

Redemption

     The  Notes  will  be  redeemed  in  part  on the  Distribution  Date  on or
immediately  following the last day of the Funding  Period in the event that any
amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account after giving effect to the
purchase of all Subsequent  Contracts,  including any such purchase on such date
(a "Mandatory  Redemption").  The aggregate  principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed  will  be an  amount  equal  to  the  amount  then  on  deposit  in the
Pre-Funding Account.

     In the event of an Optional  Purchase or Auction Sale the outstanding Notes
will be redeemed in whole,  but not in part, at a redemption  price equal to the
unpaid  principal amount of the Notes plus accrued interest thereon at the Class
A Rate.  An  "Optional  Purchase" of all the  Contracts  by CITSF,  may occur at
CITSF's  option,  on any  Distribution  Date on which the Pool Balance is 10% or
less of the Initial 

                                     -43-

<PAGE>

Pool Balance (as  hereinafter  defined).  An "Auction  Sale" may occur,  and may
result in the sale of the  Contracts  remaining  in the  Trust,  within ten days
following a any Distribution  Date as of which the Pool Balance is 5% or less of
the Initial Pool Balance.

The Indenture

     Modification of Indenture  Without  Noteholder  Consent.  The Trust and the
Indenture  Trustee may,  without consent of the  Noteholders,  enter into one or
more supplemental  indentures for any of the following purposes:  (i) to correct
or amplify the description of the collateral or add additional collateral;  (ii)
to provide for the  assumption  of the Note and the Indenture  obligations  by a
permitted  successor to the Trust;  (iii) to add  additional  covenants  for the
benefit  of the  related  Noteholders,  or to  surrender  any  rights  or  power
conferred upon the Trust; (iv) to convey,  transfer,  assign, mortgage or pledge
any  property to or with the  Indenture  Trustee;  (v) to cure any  ambiguity or
correct or  supplement  any  provision in the  Indenture or in any  supplemental
indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision of the Indenture or
in any  supplemental  indenture;  (vi)  to  provide  for the  acceptance  of the
appointment of a successor  Indenture  Trustee or to add to or change any of the
provisions  of the  Indenture as shall be necessary  and permitted to facilitate
the administration by more than one trustee;  (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add
to the  provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust  Indenture
Act of 1939,  as amended;  and (viii) to add any  provisions  to,  change in any
manner,  or eliminate any of the  provisions  of, the Indenture or modify in any
manner the rights of Noteholders under such Indenture;  provided that any action
specified  in this  clause  (viii)  shall  not,  as  evidenced  by an opinion of
counsel,  adversely  affect  in  any  material  respect  the  interests  of  any
Noteholder unless Noteholder consent is otherwise obtained as described herein.

     Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.  With the consent of the
holders of a  majority  of the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may execute a supplemental  indenture
to add  provisions  to, change in any manner or eliminate any provisions of, the
related  Indenture,   or  modify  in  any  manner  the  rights  of  the  related
Noteholders.

     Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding related Note affected
thereby, however, no supplemental indenture will: (i) change the due date of any
instalment  of  principal  of or  interest  on any Note or reduce the  principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect  thereto or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in
which any Note or any  interest  thereon is  payable;  (ii)  impair the right to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is required for any
such  supplemental  indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required
for any waiver of  compliance  with certain  provisions  of the  Indenture or of
certain  defaults  thereunder  and their  consequences  as  provided  for in the
Indenture;  (iv) modify or alter the  provisions of the Indenture  regarding the
voting of Notes held by the Trust, any other obligor on the Notes, the Seller or
an  affiliate  of any of  them;  (v)  reduce  the  percentage  of the  aggregate
outstanding  amount of the Notes the consent of the holders of which is required
to direct  the  Indenture  Trustee to sell or  liquidate  the  Contracts  if the
proceeds  of such sale would be  insufficient  to pay the  principal  amount and
accrued  but  unpaid  interest  on the  outstanding  Notes;  (vi)  decrease  the
percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of the Notes required to amend the
sections of the Indenture  which specify the applicable  percentage of aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other
related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or
on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with respect to any of the collateral
for  the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the
Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive
the holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture.



                                      -44-

<PAGE>


     Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.  "Events of Default" under
the  Indenture  will consist of: (i) any failure to pay interest on the Notes as
and when the same becomes due and payable,  which failure  continues  unremedied
for five days; (ii) any failure (a) to make any required payment of principal on
the  Notes or (b) to  observe  or  perform  in any  material  respect  any other
covenants or agreements in the Indenture, which failure in the case of a default
under clause (ii)(b) materially and adversely affects the rights of Noteholders,
and which  failure  in either  case  continues  for 30 days  after the giving of
written notice of such failure to the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable,  by
the Indenture Trustee or to the Seller or the Servicer,  as applicable,  and the
Indenture Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% of the principal amount of
the Notes;  (iii) failure to pay the unpaid principal balance of any Notes on or
prior to the Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date for the Notes; and (iv) certain
events  of  insolvency,   readjustment  of  debt,   marshalling  of  assets  and
liabilities or similar  proceedings and certain actions by the Trust  indicating
its insolvency,  reorganization  pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability
to pay its obligations.  However, the amount of principal required to be paid to
Noteholders  under the Indenture will generally be limited to amounts  available
to be deposited in the Note Distribution  Account.  Therefore the failure to pay
principal on the Notes  generally  will not result in the occurrence of an Event
of Default unless the Notes have a Final Scheduled  Distribution  Date, and then
not until such Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

     If an Event of Default  should occur and be continuing  with respect to the
Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee or holders of a majority in principal  amount of
such  Notes  then  outstanding  may  declare  the  principal  of the Notes to be
immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under certain  circumstances,
be rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding.

     If the Notes are due and payable following an Event of Default with respect
thereto, the Indenture Trustee may institute  proceedings to collect amounts due
or foreclose on Trust property,  exercise  remedies as a secured party, sell the
related  Contracts  or elect  to have  the  Trust  maintain  possession  of such
Contracts and continue to apply  collections  on such  Contracts as if there had
been  no  declaration  of  acceleration.  The  Indenture  Trustee,  however,  is
prohibited from selling the Contracts following an Event of Default,  unless (i)
the holders of all the outstanding Notes consent to such sale, (ii) the proceeds
of such sale are  sufficient  to pay in full the  principal  of and the  accrued
interest  on such  outstanding  Notes at the  date of such  sale,  or (iii)  the
Indenture  Trustee  determines  that the proceeds of the Contracts  would not be
sufficient  on an  ongoing  basis  to make  all  payments  on the  Notes as such
payments would have become due if such obligations had not been declared due and
payable,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  obtains  the  consent of the holders of a
majority  of  the  aggregate  outstanding  amount  of  the  Notes.  Following  a
declaration  upon an Event of  Default  that the Notes are  immediately  due and
payable,  (i) Noteholders will be entitled to ratable  repayment of principal on
the basis of their respective  unpaid  principal  balances and (ii) repayment in
full of the accrued interest on and unpaid principal  balances of the Notes will
be made prior to any  further  payment of  interest  on the  Certificates  or in
respect  of  the  Certificate  Balance  (other  than  pursuant  to  the  Limited
Guarantee).

     Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to the Notes, the Indenture  Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers  under the  Indenture at the request or direction of any
of the holders of such Notes, if the Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes it
will not be adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities
which might be incurred by it in  complying  with such  request.  Subject to the
provisions  for  indemnification  and  certain  limitations   contained  in  the
Indenture,  the holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding
Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding or any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee and the holders of a
majority  in  principal  amount of such Notes then  outstanding  may, in certain
cases,  waive any default with respect 


                                      -45-

<PAGE>

thereto,  except a default in the payment of  principal or interest or a default
in respect of a covenant or provision of the  Indenture  that cannot be modified
without the waiver or consent of all of the holders of such outstanding Notes.

     No holder of a Note will have the right to institute  any  proceeding  with
respect to the  Indenture,  unless (i) such holder  previously  has given to the
Indenture  Trustee  written  notice of a continuing  Event of Default,  (ii) the
holders of not less than 25% in principal  amount of the outstanding  Notes have
made written  request of the Indenture  Trustee to institute such  proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee  reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction  inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of such  outstanding
Notes.

     If an Event of Default  occurs and is continuing  and if it is known to the
Indenture Trustee,  the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default  within 90 days  after it  occurs.  Except in the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note,  the Indenture  Trustee may
withhold  the  notice  if and so  long  as it  determines  in  good  faith  that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

     In addition, the Indenture Trustee and Noteholders, by accepting the Notes,
will covenant that they will not, for a period of one year after the termination
of the Indenture, institute against the Affiliated Purchaser, the Company or the
Trust any bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other  proceeding under any federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law.

     Neither  the  Indenture  Trustee  nor the Owner  Trustee in its  individual
capacity,  nor any holder of a Certificate  including,  without limitation,  the
Affiliated  Purchaser  or the  Company,  nor  any of  their  respective  owners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors or
assigns  will,  in the  absence  of an express  agreement  to the  contrary,  be
personally  liable for the payment of the  principal of or interest on the Notes
or for the agreements of the Trust contained in the Indenture.

     Certain   Covenants.   The  Indenture  provides  that  the  Trust  may  not
consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by
or surviving  such  consolidation  or merger is organized  under the laws of the
United States, any state or the District of Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly
assumes the Trust's  obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes
and the  performance or observance of every  agreement and covenant of the Trust
under the  Indenture,  (iii) no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing  immediately after such merger or  consolidation,  (iv) the Trust has
been advised that the rating of the related Notes or Certificates then in effect
would not be reduced or  withdrawn  by the Rating  Agencies  as a result of such
merger or consolidation  and (v) the Trust has received an opinion of counsel to
the effect that such  consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax
consequence to the Trust or to any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     The Trust will not, among other things,  (i) except as expressly  permitted
by the  Indenture,  the  Purchase  Agreements  (as defined  herein) or the Trust
Documents  (as  defined  herein)  for such  Trust  (collectively,  the  "Related
Documents"),  sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets
of the Trust,  (ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal
and interest  payable in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld under
the Code or  applicable  state law) or assert any claim  against  any present or
former  holder of such Notes  because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed
upon the Trust, (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit the
validity or  effectiveness  of the Indenture to be impaired or permit any person
to be released  from any  covenants or  obligations  with respect to the related
Notes under such Indenture except as may be expressly  permitted  thereby or (v)
permit any lien, charge,  excise,  claim,  security 

                                      -46-

<PAGE>


interest,  mortgage  or other  encumbrance  to be  created  on or  extend  to or
otherwise  arise upon or burden the assets of the Trust or any part thereof,  or
any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

     The Trust may not  engage in any  activity  other than as  specified  above
under  "Structure  of the  Transaction".  The Trust  will not  incur,  assume or
guarantee any  indebtedness  other than  indebtedness  incurred  pursuant to the
Notes and the Indenture or otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.

     Annual  Compliance  Statement.  The Trust will be required to file annually
with the  Indenture  Trustee a written  statement as to the  fulfillment  of its
obligations under the Indenture.

     Indenture  Trustee's Annual Report.  The Indenture Trustee will be required
to mail each year to all  Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility
and  qualification  to continue as Indenture  Trustee under the  Indenture,  any
amounts  advanced  by it under the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate and
maturity  date of  certain  indebtedness  owing by the  Trust  to the  Indenture
Trustee in its individual  capacity,  the property and funds  physically held by
the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects
the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

     Satisfaction  and Discharge of Indenture.  The Indenture will be discharged
with respect to the  collateral  securing the related Notes upon the delivery to
the  Indenture  Trustee  for  cancellation  of all such Notes or,  with  certain
limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the
payment in full of all of such Notes.

     The Indenture  Trustee.  The Indenture  Trustee under the Indenture will be
____________________________________.  The  Indenture  Trustee may resign at any
time,  in which event the  Servicer,  or its  successor,  will be  obligated  to
appoint a successor trustee.  The Servicer may also remove the Indenture Trustee
if the  Indenture  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible to continue as such under the
Indenture or if the Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent.  In such circumstances,
the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee.  Any resignation
or removal of the Indenture  Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee does
not become  effective  until  acceptance  of the  appointment  by the  successor
trustee.

     Trust  Indenture  Act.  The  Indenture  will  comply  with  all  applicable
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.


                                THE CERTIFICATES

     The  Certificates  offered  hereby  will be  issued  pursuant  to the Trust
Agreement,  a form of which has been  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The  following  summary does not
purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and  qualified  in its  entirety by
reference to, the Trust Agreement.

General

     The CIT RV Owner Trust 1995-A Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates"
and,  together  with the Notes,  the  "Securities")  will  represent  fractional
undivided  interests  in the Trust.  The Trust will issue $            aggregate
principal amount of Certificates  pursuant to a Trust Agreement,  to be dated as
of [June 1,  1995],  between  the  Company  and the Owner  Trustee  (the  "Trust
Agreement"),  a form of which has been filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part. A copy of the Trust Agreement
will be available  from the Company,  upon  request,  to holders of the Notes or
Certificates and will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the
Notes and the  Certificates.  Payments  in respect of the  Certificates  will be
subordinated  to payments on the Notes to the 


                                      -47-

<PAGE>


limited extent described  herein.  The following summary describes certain terms
of the Certificates and the Trust Agreement.  The summary does not purport to be
complete and is subject to, and is  qualified  in its entirety by reference  to,
all of the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and  the  Trust  Agreement.  Where
particular  provisions or terms used in the Trust Agreement are referred to, the
actual provisions (including definitions of terms) are incorporated by reference
as part of such summary.

     The Certificates  will be offered for purchase in minimum  denominations of
$20,000 and integral  multiples of $1,000  thereof in book-entry  form only. The
Certificates will initially be represented by a single Certificate registered in
the name of Cede,  the  nominee of DTC. No person  acquiring  an interest in the
Certificates  through the  facilities  of DTC (a  "Certificate  Owner")  will be
entitled to receive a Certificate  representing  such  person's  interest in the
Certificates, except as set forth below under "Certain Information Regarding the
Securities-Definitive  Securities". Unless and until Definitive Certificates are
issued under the limited  circumstances  described  herein,  all  references  to
actions  by  Certificateholders  shall  refer  to  actions  taken  by  DTC  upon
instructions from its Participants,  and all references herein to distributions,
notices,   reports  and   statements  to   Certificateholders   shall  refer  to
distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements to DTC in accordance  with DTC
procedures.   See  "Certain  Information  Regarding  the  Securities--Definitive
Securities" below.

     Payments of interest and principal on the Certificates with respect to each
Due Period will be made on each Distribution  Date,  commencing [July 17, 1995].
Payments on the Securities on each Distribution Date will be made to the holders
of record of the related Securities on the related Record Date.

Distribution of Interest

     The  Certificates  will bear  interest  at the rate of __% per  annum  (the
"Pass-Through Rate"). Interest on the Certificate Balance will accrue during the
related  Interest  Accrual  Period at the  Pass-Through  Rate.  Interest will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve 30-day  months.
Interest  payable on a Distribution  Date will be calculated on the basis of the
Certificate  Balance as of the preceding  Distribution Date, after giving effect
to distributions of principal on the Certificates on such preceding Distribution
Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution  Date, the Original  Certificate
Balance).  Interest  accrued  as of any  Distribution  Date but not paid on such
Distribution  Date  will be due on the next  Distribution  Date,  together  with
interest   on  such   amount   at  the   Pass-Through   Rate.   The   rights  of
Certificateholders  to receive distributions of interest will be subordinated to
the  rights of the  Noteholders  to receive  payment  in full of all  amounts of
interest and  principal  which the  Noteholders  are entitled to be paid on such
Distribution Date.

Distribution of Principal

     On   each   Distribution   Date   prior   to  the   Cross-over   Date   the
Certificateholders will not be entitled to any payments of principal,  except to
the extent of the Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount.  On each Distribution Date
after the Cross-over  Date principal of the  Certificates  will be payable in an
amount equal to the Principal Distribution Amount for the related Due Period.

     Such  principal  payments  will be made only to the extent of the Available
Amount  remaining  after the Servicer has been  reimbursed  for any  outstanding
Advances  and has been paid the  Servicer  Payment,  and payment of interest and
principal  in respect  of the  Notes,  if any,  and  interest  in respect to the
Certificates  has  been  made.  The  rights  of  Certificateholders  to  receive
distributions  of interest and principal will be  subordinated  to the rights of
Noteholders to receive distributions of interest and principal and to the extent
described herein.  The principal balance of the Certificates,  to the extent not
previously  paid,  will be due on the Final  Scheduled  Distribution  Date.  The
actual  date  on  which  the  aggregate  outstanding 

                                      -48-

<PAGE>

principal  amount  of the  Certificates  is paid may be  earlier  than the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date based on a variety of factors.

     On  each   Distribution   Date,   prior  to  the   Cross-over   Date,   the
Certificateholders  will be entitled to receive the Principal  Liquidation  Loss
Amount for such Distribution  Date. The "Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount" for
any  Distribution  Date will equal the  amount,  if any, by which the sum of the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes and the Certificate Balance
(after  giving  effect to all  distributions  of principal on such  Distribution
Date) exceeds the sum of the Pool Balance plus the amounts  remaining on deposit
in the Pre-Funding  Account, if any, at the close of business on the last day of
the related Due Period. The Principal  Liquidation Loss Amount represents future
principal  payments on the Contracts that,  because of the  subordination of the
Certificates  and liquidation  losses on the Contracts,  will not be paid to the
Certificateholders.

Repayment

     In the event of an Optional Purchase or Auction Sale, the Certificates will
be redeemed at a redemption price equal to the Certificate  Balance plus accrued
interest  thereon at the  Pass-Through  Rate.  An  Optional  Purchase of all the
Contracts by CITSF,  may occur at CITSF's option,  on any  Distribution  Date on
which  the  Pool  Balance  is 10%  or  less  of the  Initial  Pool  Balance  (as
hereinafter  defined). An Auction Sale will occur at any time, and may result in
the sale of the Contracts  remaining in the Trust,  within ten days  following a
[Distribution]  Date as of which the Pool  Balance is 5% or less of the  Initial
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.

Subordination

     The rights of  Certificatholders  to receive  distributions of interest and
principal are  subordinated  to the rights of Noteholders to receive  payment in
full of all amounts of  interest  and  principal  to which the  Noteholders  are
entitled  to  receive  on  the  related  Distribution  Date.  Consequently,   no
distribution  will be made to the  Certificateholders  on any Distribution  Date
(except  pursuant  to the  Limited  Guarantee)  in  respect of (i)  interest  or
principal  until the full amount of interest and  principal on the Class A Notes
payable  on  such  Distribution  Date  has  been  distributed  to  the  Class  A
Noteholders  and (ii) principal  until the Class A Notes have been paid in full,
other than distribution in respect of the Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.


                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

Book-Entry Registration

     Persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests  in the Notes may hold
their interests through DTC in the United States or Cedel or Euroclear in Europe
and persons  acquiring  beneficial  ownership  interests in the Certificates may
hold their interests  through DTC.  Securities will be registered in the name of
Cede as nominee for DTC.  Cedel and Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions with
respect to the Notes on behalf of Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants,
respectively,  through customers' securities accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's
name  on  the  books  of  their  respective  depositories   (collectively,   the
"Depositories")  which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities
accounts in the Depositories' names on the books of DTC.

     DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust  company  organized  under the laws of the
State  of New  York,  a  member  of the  Federal  Reserve  System,  a  "clearing
corporation"  within the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial Code, and a
"clearing  agency"  registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  DTC accepts  securities  for deposit from its
participating  organizations  ("Participants") and facilitates the clearance and
settlement of securities 
                                      -49-

<PAGE>



transactions   between   Participants  in  such  securities  through  electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants, thereby eliminating the need
for physical movement of certificates.  Participants  include securities brokers
and dealers (including the Underwriter),  banks and trust companies and clearing
corporations and may include certain other organizations. Indirect access to the
DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies  that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").

     Security  Owners who are not  Participants  or  Indirect  Participants  but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of Securities may do so
only through Participants or Indirect  Participants (unless and until Definitive
Securities  are  issued).   In  addition,   Security  Owners  will  receive  all
distributions  of principal and interest on the  Securities  through DTC and its
Participants.  Under a book-entry  format,  Security  Owners may experience some
delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the
Trustees to Cede,  as nominee for DTC.  DTC will  forward  such  payments to its
Participants  which  thereafter  will forward them to Indirect  Participants  or
Security Owners.  It is anticipated that the only "Holder" or  "Securityholder,"
as such terms are used herein,  will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Security Owners
will not be recognized by the Trustees as Securityholders,  as such term will be
used in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  and  Security  Owners  will only be
permitted to exercise the rights of  Securityholders  indirectly through DTC and
its  Participants.  Security  Owners  will not receive or be entitled to receive
Definitive  Notes  or  Definitive  Certificates  representing  their  respective
interests in the Securities,  except under the limited  circumstances  described
below.

     Transfers  between  Participants  will occur in accordance  with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

     Because of time zone differences,  credits of securities  received in Cedel
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following
the DTC settlement  date,  such credits or any  transactions  in such securities
settled  during such  processing  will be reported to the relevant  Euroclear or
Cedel  Participants on such business day. Cash received in Cedel or Euroclear as
result of sales of  Securities  by or through a Cedel  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant  to a DTC  Participant  will  be  received  with  value  on the  DTC
settlement  date but will be available in the relevant  Cedel or Euroclear  cash
account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

     Cross-market transfers between persons directly holding Notes or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depository;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterpart  in such  system  in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadline  (European  time).  The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depository to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. Cedel  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions to the Depositories.

     While the  Securities  are  outstanding  (except  under  the  circumstances
described  below),  under the rules,  regulations  and  procedures  creating and
affecting DTC and its operations (the "DTC Rules"), DTC will be required to make
book-entry  transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to
the  Notes  and  Certificates  and will be  required  to  receive  and  transmit
distributions  of principal  


                                      -50-

<PAGE>

and interest on the  Securities.  Participants  and Indirect  Participants  with
which  Security  Owners have  accounts  with respect to the  Securities  will be
similarly  required to make  book-entry  transfers and receive and transmit such
payments on behalf of their respective Security Owners.

     Because  DTC can only act on  behalf  of  Participants,  who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Security Owner to pledge Notes
or  Certificates  to  persons or  entities  that do not  participate  in the DTC
system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such Securities,  may be limited
due to the lack of physical certificates for such Securities.

     Cedel is  incorporated  under  the  laws of  Luxembourg  as a  professional
depository.  Cedel holds securities for its participating  organizations ("Cedel
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between Cedel Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of Cedel  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in Cedel in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  Cedel  provides  to its  Cedel
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  Cedel  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  Cedel  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trusts  companies,  clearing  corporations  and certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to Cedel is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Participants, either directly or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in 1968 to  hold  securities  for its
participants  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to clear and settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash.  Transactions  may be settled in any of 32  currencies,  including  United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services,  including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market  transfers with
DTC described above.  The Euroclear System is operated by the Brussels,  Belgium
Office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator" or
"Euroclear"),  under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems,  S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the
Euroclear  Operator,   and  all  Euroclear  securities  clearance  accounts  and
Euroclear  cash  accounts are accounts  with the  Euroclear  Operators,  not the
Cooperative.  The  Cooperative  establishes  policy for the Euroclear  System on
behalf of the dealers and other professional financial intermediaries.  Indirect
access to Euroclear is also  available  to other firms that clear  thorough,  or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participants, either directly
or indirectly.

     The  Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of a New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and  Conditions  Governing  Use of  Euroclear  and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System, and applicable Belgian law
(collectively,  the "Terms and  Conditions").  The Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers of securities  and cash within the Euroclear  System,  withdrawals  of
securities  and cash from the  Euroclear  System,  and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in  Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a
fungible  basis  without  attribution  of  specific   certificates  to  specific
securities  clearance 

                                      -51-

<PAGE>


accounts.  The Euroclear  Operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on
behalf of  Euroclear  Participants  and has no record  of or  relationship  with
persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance  with the  relevant  system's  rules and  procedures,  to the  extent
received by its Depository.  Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Cedel or the
Euroclear Operator,  as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to
be taken by a  beneficial  holder of notes  under the  Indenture  on behalf of a
Cedel Participant or Euroclear  Participant only in accordance with its relevant
rules and  procedures  and  subject to its  Depository  ability  to effect  such
actions on its behalf through DTC.

     Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued,  Security Owners who are
not Participants may transfer  ownership of Notes and Certificates  only through
Participants  by  instructing  such  Participants  to  transfer  such  Notes and
Certificates,  by  book-entry  transfer,  through  DTC  for the  account  of the
purchasers of such Securities, which account is maintained with their respective
Participants.   Under  the  DTC  Rules  and  in  accordance  with  DTC's  normal
procedures,  transfers of ownership of Securities  will be executed  through DTC
and the  accounts  of the  respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited  and
credited. Similarly, the respective Participants will make debits or credits, as
the case may be,  on their  records  on  behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing
Securities Owners.

     DTC has  advised  the  Company  and the  Trustees  that,  unless  and until
Definitive Securities are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken
by a Securityholder under the Sale and Servicing Agreement only at the direction
of one or more  Participants  to whose DTC accounts the Securities are credited.
DTC may take  conflicting  actions with respect to other undivided  interests to
the extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Participants  whose holdings
include such undivided interests.

     NEITHER THE TRUST, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, CIT, THE AFFILIATED PURCHASER,
THE OWNER TRUSTEE,  THE INDENTURE  TRUSTEE NOR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS WILL HAVE
ANY  RESPONSIBILITY  OR OBLIGATION TO ANY  PARTICIPANTS,  CEDEL  PARTICIPANTS OR
EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS OR THE PERSONS FOR WHOM THEY ACT AS NOMINEES WITH RESPECT
TO (1) THE ACCURACY OF ANY RECORDS  MAINTAINED BY DTC,  CEDEL,  EUROCLEAR OR ANY
PARTICIPANT (2) THE PAYMENT BY DTC,  CEDEL,  EUROCLEAR OR ANY PARTICIPANT OF ANY
AMOUNT DUE TO ANY  BENEFICIAL  OWNER IN RESPECT OF THE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT OF, OR
INTEREST  ON,  THE  SECURITIES,  (3)  THE  DELIVERY  BY ANY  PARTICIPANT,  CEDEL
PARTICIPANT,  EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANT OF ANY NOTICE TO ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER WHICH
IS REQUIRED OR PERMITTED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE OR THE TRUST AGREEMENT
TO BE GIVEN  TO  SECURITYHOLDERS  OR (4) ANY  OTHER  ACTION  TAKEN BY DTC AS THE
SECURITYHOLDER.

Definitive Securities

     The Notes and Certificates will be issued in fully registered, certificated
form  ("Definitive  Notes" and  "Definitive  Certificates",  respectively,  and,
together "Definitive  Securities") to Security Owners or their nominees,  rather
than to DTC or its  nominee,  only if (i) the  Servicer  advises the Trustees in
writing  that  DTC is no  longer  willing  or able  to  discharge  properly  its
responsibilities  as Depository  with respect to the Securities and the Trustees
or the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Servicer, at
its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after
the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default,  Note  Owners and  Certificate  Owners
representing  in the aggregate  not less than a majority of the Notes  Principal
Balance or  Certificate  Principal  Balance advise DTC through  Participants  in
writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor
thereto) is no longer in the best  interest  of such Note Owners or  Certificate
Owners.



                                      -52-

<PAGE>


     Upon the  occurrence  of any of the  events  described  in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee is required to notify DTC of the availability
of Definitive  Securities.  Upon surrender by DTC of the global notes and global
certificates  representing  the  Notes and  Certificates  and  instructions  for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue the Notes as  Definitive  Notes and the
Certificates  as  Definitive  Certificates,  and  thereafter  the  Trustee  will
recognize the holders of such  Definitive  Notes and Definitive  Certificates as
Noteholders and  Certificateholders,  respectively  under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement  ("Noteholders" and  "Certificateholders"  respectively,  and together
"Securityholders" or "Holders").

     Distributions of principal of the Securities and interest on the Securities
will  be made  by the  Trustee  directly  to  Holders  in  accordance  with  the
procedures   set  forth  herein  and  in  the  Sale  and  Servicing   Agreement.
Distributions of principal and interest on each  Distribution  Date will be made
to Holders in whose  names the  Definitive  Securities  were  registered  on the
Record Date. Such  distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of
such  Holder as it  appears on the  register  maintained  by the  Trustee or the
Security  Registrar.  The final payment on any  Securities  (whether  Definitive
Securities or the  Securities  registered in the name of Cede  representing  the
Securities),  however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender of such
Note or  Certificate  at the office or agency  specified  in the notice of final
distribution to Holders.

     Definitive  Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the  Trustee.  No service  charge  will be imposed  for any  registration  of
transfer or exchange, but the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

List of Security Holders

     If Definitive  Certificates have been issued,  the Owner Trustee will, upon
written  request  by  three  or  more   Certificateholders   or  by  holders  of
Certificates  evidencing not less than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance,  within
five (5) Business Days afford such  Certificateholders  access  during  business
hours to the current list of  Certificateholders  for purposes of  communicating
with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to their rights under the Purchase
Agreements and the Trust Documents (provided such  Certificateholders  (i) state
that they wish to  communicate  with other  Certificateholders  with  respect to
their  rights under the Purchase  Agreements,  the Trust  Documents or under the
Certificates  and (ii) provide the Trustee and the  Servicer  with a copy of the
proposed  communication).  The Purchase  Agreements and Trust Documents will not
provide for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Certificateholders.

     If  Definitive  Notes have been issued,  the Indenture  Trustee will,  upon
written request by three or more  Noteholders or by holders of Notes  evidencing
not less than 25% of the aggregate  principal balance of the Notes,  within five
(5) Business Days afford such  Noteholders  access during  business hours to the
current list of Noteholders for purposes of communicating with other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture  (provided such Noteholders (i)
state that they wish to communicate with other Noteholders with respect to their
rights under the  Indenture and (ii) provide the Trustee and the Servicer with a
copy of the  proposed  communication).  The  Indenture  will not provide for the
holding of any annual or other meetings of Noteholders.

Statements to Securityholders

     On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will include with each distribution
to each Securityholder a statement,  setting forth the following information for
the related Due Period:

          (i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of the Notes
     and to the Certificate  Balance of the Certificates,  including any overdue
     principal;




                                      -53-

<PAGE>


          (ii) the amount of the  distribution  allocable to interest on or with
     respect to each class of Securities, including any overdue interest;

          (iii) the Pool Balance,  the Note Pool Factor and the Certificate Pool
     Factor as of the end of the related Due Period;

          (iv) the  Servicing  Fee for the  related Due  Period,  including  any
     overdue Servicing Fee;

          (v) the amount of Monthly  Advances and  Non-Reimbursable  Payments on
     such date;

          (vi)  the  amount,  if  any,  withdrawn  from  the  Reserve  Fund  and
     distributed to Noteholders with respect to such Distribution Date;

          (vii) the amount available in the Reserve Fund, after giving effect to
     any deposit to or withdrawal  with respect to such  Distribution  Date, and
     such amount expressed as a percentage of the Pool Balance;

          (viii) the aggregate  principal  balance of all  Contracts  which were
     delinquent 30 days or more as of the last day of the related Due Period;

          (ix) during the Funding Period,  the amount of funds on deposit in the
     Pre- Funding Account;

          (x) during the  Funding  Period,  the number and  aggregate  principal
     balance of Subsequent Contracts;

          (xi) during the Funding  Period,  the number and  aggregate  principal
     balance  of  Subsequent  Contracts  purchased  by the Trust on the  related
     Distribution Date;

          (xii) the aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of the Notes as of
     such  Distribution  Date after giving effect to any  distributions  on such
     Distribution Date; and

          (xiii) the  Certificate  Balance as of such  Distribution  Date (after
     giving effect to any distributions on such Distribution Date).


     Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar year, but
not later than the latest date  permitted by law,  the Servicer  will furnish to
each  person  who at any time  during  such  calendar  year  shall  have  been a
Securityholder  a  statement  containing  the sum of the  amounts  described  in
clauses (i) through  (___) above for such calendar year for the purposes of such
Certificateholder's  preparation  of federal  income tax  returns.  See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences."


                THE PURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND THE TRUST DOCUMENTS

     The following summary describes certain terms of the Purchase Agreement and
any Subsequent Purchase Agreement (together,  the "Purchase Agreements") and the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  any Subsequent Transfer Agreements and the Trust
Agreement  (together,  the "Trust Documents").  Forms of the Purchase Agreements
and the  Trust  Documents  have  been  filed  as  exhibits  to the  Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus  forms a part. This summary does not purport
to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to,
all of the provisions of the Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents.


                                      -54-

<PAGE>

Sale and Assignment of the Contracts

     On or prior to the Closing Date,  pursuant to a Purchase  Agreement between
CITSF and the  Company,  CITSF  will sell and  assign  to the  Company,  without
recourse,  its entire  interest in and to the Contracts,  including its security
interests in the Financed  Vehicles.  On the Closing Date, the Company will sell
and assign to the Owner Trustee,  without recourse,  all of its right, title and
interest  in and to the  Contracts,  including  its  security  interests  in the
Financed  Vehicles.  Each Contract will be identified in a schedule appearing as
an  exhibit  to each  of the  Purchase  Agreement  and the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement (the "Schedule of Contracts") which includes,  among other things, the
Contract  Rate,  Initial  Cut-off  Date  Principal  Balance and date of the last
scheduled payment for each Contract.  The Owner Trustee will,  concurrently with
the  sale  and  assignment  of the  Contracts  to it  pursuant  to the  Sale and
Servicing   Agreement,   execute,   authenticate   and  deliver  the  Notes  and
Certificates to the Company in exchange for the Contracts. The Company will sell
the Notes and the Certificates to the Underwriter.

     CITSF will make  certain  representations  and  warranties  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  with  respect to each  Contract  as of the  Closing  Date,
including  that (i) as of the Initial  Cut-off Date,  the most recent  scheduled
payment  of  principal  and  interest  was made by or on behalf  of the  related
Obligor or was not delinquent more than 60 days; (ii) no provision of a Contract
has been waived,  altered or modified in any respect,  except by  instruments or
documents  contained in the Contract File; (iii) each Contract is a legal, valid
and binding  obligation of the related  Obligor and is enforceable in accordance
with its terms  (except as may be limited by laws  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally);  (iv) no right of  rescission,  set-off,  counterclaim  or  defense,
including the defense of usury,  has been asserted with respect to any Contract;
(v) the  Obligor on each  Contract  is  required  to  maintain  physical  damage
insurance  covering  the related  Financed  Vehicle in  accordance  with CITSF's
normal  requirements;  (vi) each  Contract  was  originated  by a Dealer and was
purchased by CITSF in the ordinary course of its business; (vii) no Contract was
originated  in or is  subject to the laws of any  jurisdiction  whose laws would
make the transfer of the Contract to the Company  under the Purchase  Agreement,
to the Owner Trustee pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement or pursuant to
a transfer of the Notes and  Certificates,  or the ownership of the Contracts by
the Trust, unlawful;  (viii) each Contract complies with all requirements of law
in all material respects;  (ix) no Contract has been satisfied,  subordinated in
whole or in part or  rescinded,  and no Financed  Vehicle has been released from
the lien of the related  Contract in whole or in part; (x) each Contract creates
a valid and enforceable  first priority  security  interest in favor of CITSF or
the related  Dealer in the Financed  Vehicle  covered  thereby  (which  security
interest,  if in favor of the related Dealer, has been assigned to CITSF),  such
security  interest has been  assigned by CITSF to the Company and by the Company
to the Trust,  and all  necessary  action with respect to such Contract has been
taken to perfect the security  interest in the related Financed Vehicle in favor
of CITSF;  (xi) all  parties to each  Contract  had  capacity  to  execute  such
Contract;  (xii) no Contract has been sold,  assigned or pledged by CITSF to any
person  other than the Company  (or by the Company to any person  other than the
Trust) and,  prior to the transfer of the  Contracts by CITSF to the Company and
the  transfer  thereof  by the  Company  to the  Trust,  CITSF  or the  Company,
respectively,  had good and marketable title to each Contract, free and clear of
any encumbrance,  equity, loan, pledge,  charge, claim or security interest, and
was the sole owner and had full right to transfer  such Contract to the Company;
(xiii) as of the Initial Cut-off Date, there was no default,  breach,  violation
or  event  permitting  acceleration  under  any  Contract  (except  for  payment
delinquencies permitted by clause (i) above), no event which with notice and the
expiration  of any grace or cure  period  would  constitute  a default,  breach,
violation or event permitting  acceleration  under such Contract,  and CITSF has
not  waived  any of the  foregoing;  (xiv)  there  are,  to the best of  CITSF's
knowledge, no liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or materials
affecting  a Financed  Vehicle  securing a  Contract,  which are or may be liens
prior  or  equal  to  the  lien  of  the  Contract;  (xv)  each  Contract  is  a
fully-amortizing loan with a fixed Contract Rate and provides for level payments
over the 
                                      -55-

<PAGE>

term of such Contract;  (xvi) each Contract  contains  customary and enforceable
provisions  such as to render  the  rights and  remedies  of the holder  thereof
adequate for realization  against the collateral of the benefits of the security
(except  as  may  be  limited  by  creditors'  rights  generally);   (xvii)  the
description  of each Contract set forth in the Schedule of Contracts is true and
correct;  (xviii) no Obligor is the United States of America or any state or any
agency,  department,  instrumentality or political subdivision thereof; (xix) if
the  Obligor is in the  military  (including  an Obligor  who is a member of the
National  Guard  or is in the  reserves)  and the  Contract  is  subject  to the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended (the  "Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act"), or the California  Military Reservist Relief Act of
1991 (the "Military  Reservist  Relief Act"),  such Obligor (each, a "Relief Act
Obligor")  has not made a claim to CITSF that (A) the amount of  interest on the
Contract  should be limited to 6% pursuant to the Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil
Relief  Act  during the  perionaof  Guch  Obligor's  active  duty  status or (B)
payments on the Contract  should be delayed  pursuant to the Military  Reservist
Relief Act, in either case unless a court has ordered otherwise upon application
of CITSF; (xx) there is only one original executed copy of each Contract, which,
immediately prior to the execution of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  was in
the possession of CITSF; (xxi) the Contract is "chattel paper" as defined in the
New Jersey  UCC;  and (xxii)  the  Contract  satisfies  the  selection  criteria
discussed above under "The Contract Pool--General."

     Under the terms of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and subject to certain
conditions  specified  in the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  CITSF  will  be
obligated to purchase for the Purchase Price (as defined below) any Contract not
later than the first  Determination  Date which is more than 90 days after CITSF
becomes  aware or should have  become  aware,  or of CITSF's  receipt of written
notice from the Trustee or the Servicer,  of a breach of any  representation  or
warranty  of  CITSF  in the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  referred  to in the
preceding  paragraph that materially  adversely  affects the Trust's interest in
any Contract if such breach has not been cured. CITSF shall effect such purchase
by depositing the Purchase Price for such Contract in the Certificate Account on
the date specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The "Purchase Price" for
any Contract will be the remaining principal amount outstanding on such Contract
on the date of purchase, 30 days' interest thereon in an amount equal to the sum
of (i) the product of  one-twelfth of the weighted  average of the  Pass-Through
Rate and of the Class A Rate and the remaining  principal amount  outstanding on
the Contract and (ii) accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees thereon at the Servicing
Fee Rate to the date of such purchase.  This purchase obligation constitutes the
sole remedy  available  to the Trust and the  Securityholders  for a breach of a
warranty  under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  with respect to the Contracts
(but not with respect to any other breach by CITSF of its obligations  under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement).

     To reduce administrative costs, the Owner Trustee will appoint the Servicer
as initial  custodian of the  Contracts.  The  Contracts  will not be stamped or
otherwise  marked to  reflect  the  transfer  of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the
Company and by the  Company to the Trust,  and will not be  segregated  from the
other  installment  sale  contracts  of CITSF.  CITSF's  accounting  records and
computer  systems will reflect the sale and assignment of the Contracts by CITSF
to the  Company and by the Company to the Trust,  and UCC  financing  statements
perfecting  such sale and  assignment  will be  filed.  The  Obligors  under the
Contracts  will not be notified of the transfer of the  Contracts to the Company
or to the Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts."

     CITSF,  the Company and the Trust will treat each of the  transfers  of the
Contracts from CITSF to the Company and from the Company to the Trust as a sale.
As a result  of the sale of the  Contracts  by CITSF to the  Company  and by the
Company to the  Trust,  the  Contracts  will not be part of the assets of either
CITSF or the Company and should not be available to their respective  creditors.
However,  in the event of the insolvency of CITSF or the Company, it is possible
that a trustee in  bankruptcy,  conservator  or receiver  for, or a creditor of,
CITSF or the Company, as the case may be, may argue that the transaction between
CITSF and the Company or 

                                      -56-

<PAGE>


between  the  Company  and the  Trust,  as the case may be,  was a pledge of the
Contracts to secure a loan, rather than a true sale. This position, if asserted,
could  prevent  timely  payments  of amounts  due on the  Certificates  and,  if
accepted by the court,  may result in delays or reductions in  distributions  of
principal and interest on such Securities.  Because the Contracts will remain in
CITSF's  possession  and will not be stamped or otherwise  marked to reflect the
assignment  to the  Trust,  the  Trust's  interest  in the  Contracts  could  be
defeated,  if a subsequent  purchaser  were to take  physical  possession of the
Contracts without knowledge of the assignment. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Contracts."

Accounts

     The Servicer will establish and maintain with the Indenture  Trustee one or
more accounts, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders
and  Certificateholders,  into which all payments made on or with respect to the
Contracts  will be deposited  (the  "Collection  Account") by the Servicer.  The
Servicer will  establish  and maintain with the Indenture  Trustee an account in
the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, in which amounts
released  from the  Collection  Account and the Reserve  Fund for payment to the
Noteholders  will be deposited and from which  distributions  to the Noteholders
will be made (the "Note Distribution Account").  The Servicer will establish and
maintain  with the Owner  Trustee an account in the name of the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Certificateholders,  in which amounts released from the Collection
Account and  Guarantee  Payments for payment to the  Certificateholders  will be
deposited and from which  distributions to the  Certificateholders  will be made
(the "Certificate Distribution Account").

     All amounts held in each of the accounts  established by the Servicer shall
be invested in Eligible  Investments that mature not later than the Business Day
preceding  the  Distribution  Date  next  succeeding  the  date  of  investment.
"Eligible  Investments"  are limited to  investments,  specified in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  which meet the  criteria of Moody's and Standard & Poor's
from time to time as being  consistent  with their  then-current  ratings of the
Securities.

Servicing Procedures

     The Servicer will make reasonable  efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Contracts and, in a manner consistent with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement,  will continue such collection  procedures as it follows with respect
to comparable  recreational  vehicle  installment sale contracts it services for
itself and others. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts." Consistent with
its normal  procedures,  the Servicer  may, in its  discretion,  arrange with an
Obligor to extend or modify the payment schedule on a Contract.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  the Servicer  may not extend the stated  maturity of a Contract
beyond the scheduled  maturity of the Contract having the latest stated maturity
as of the Initial Cut-off Date. The Servicer will follow such normal  collection
practices and procedures as it deems  necessary or advisable to realize upon any
Contract  with respect to which it determines  that eventual  payment in full is
unlikely or to realize  upon any  Defaulted  Contract.  With  respect to any Due
Period,  a "Defaulted  Contract"  means any Contract  (except for a  Repurchased
Contract)  in respect of which  payments  exceeding  $25 in the  aggregate  were
delinquent 120 days or more as of the last day of such Due Period.  The Servicer
may sell the related  Financed  Vehicle  securing  such  Contract at a public or
private sale, or take any other action permitted by applicable law. See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the  Contracts." The net proceeds of such  realization  will be
deposited in the Collection Account.

     Under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Servicer will be required to
use its best efforts to require the  Obligors to obtain and  maintain  theft and
physical  damage  insurance  on the  Financed  Vehicles in  accordance  with the
policies and procedures  employed by the Servicer with respect to comparable new
or used recreational vehicle receivables that it services for itself or others.


                                      -57-

<PAGE>


     The Sale and Servicing  Agreement  will require the Servicer to follow such
normal collection practices and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement provides that neither the Servicer nor the
Company,  nor any  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the Servicer or the
Company, will be under any liability to the Trust or the Securityholders for any
action  taken or for  restraining  from the  taking of any  action in good faith
pursuant  to the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  or for  errors  in  judgment;
provided, however, that the Servicer, the Company or any such person will not be
protected  against any liability  which would  otherwise be imposed by reason of
the failure to perform its  obligations in compliance with the standards of care
set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer or the Company may,
in its  discretion,  undertake  any such action  which it may deem  necessary or
desirable  with respect to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement and the rights and
duties  of  the  parties  thereto  and  the  interests  of  the  Securityholders
thereunder.  In such event,  the legal expenses and costs of such action and any
liability  resulting  therefrom will be expenses,  costs and  liabilities of the
Trust  and the  Servicer  and the  Company  will be  entitled  to be  reimbursed
therefor out of the Collection Account.

     The Servicer  shall keep in force  throughout the term of the Agreement (i)
at such  time as the  long-term  debt of its  parent  is rated  less than ___ by
__________,  policy or policies of insurance  covering  errors and omissions for
failure to maintain  insurance as required by the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,
and (ii) a fidelity  bond.  Such policy or policies and such fidelity bond shall
be in such form and amount as is generally customary among persons which service
a portfolio of  recreational  vehicle  contracts  having an aggregate  principal
amount of $100  million or more and which are  generally  regarded as  servicers
acceptable to institutional investors.

     A breach of certain  covenants  made by CITSF as  Servicer  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement that materially and adversely  affects the Trust's interest
in any Contract,  would  require the Servicer to purchase  such Contract  unless
such  breach is cured  within the  period  specified  in the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement.

Servicing Compensation

     The  Servicer  will be entitled to receive the  Servicing  Fee for each Due
Period,  payable on the following Distribution Date, equal to the sum of (i) the
product of 1.00% per annum (the "Servicing Fee Rate") and the Pool Balance as of
the last day of the second  preceding  Due Period  (or, in the case of the first
Distribution  Date, as of the Initial Cut-off Date), based on the number of days
in such Due  Period  and a  365-day  year and (ii) any  investment  earnings  on
amounts on deposit in the Collection Account. In addition,  the Servicer will be
entitled to collect and retain any late fees, prepayment charges, extension fees
or other  administrative  fees or similar charges allowed by applicable law with
respect to the Contracts ("Late Fees"). Payments to the Servicer of such amounts
will  compensate  the Servicer  for  performing  the  functions of a third party
servicer  of  recreational  vehicle  receivables  as an agent  for the  Trustee,
including  collecting  and posting all  payments,  responding  to  inquiries  of
Obligors, investigating delinquencies,  reporting federal income tax information
to Obligors, paying costs of disposition of defaults,  monitoring the collateral
in cases of Obligor default and handling the foreclosure or other liquidation of
the Financed Vehicle in appropriate instances.

     The  Servicing  Fee and Late Fees also will  compensate  the  Servicer  for
administering the Contracts,  including  reimbursing the Servicer for accounting
for collections,  furnishing  monthly and annual  statements to the Trustee with
respect to  distributions  and generating  federal income tax  information.  The
Servicing Fee and Late Fees also will compensate the Servicer for certain taxes,
accounting  fees,  outside auditor fees,  data processing  costs and other costs
incurred in connection with administering and servicing the Contracts.



                                      -58-

<PAGE>

Collections

     The Servicer  will deposit all payments on or with respect to the Contracts
received from obligors and all proceeds of Contracts  collected  during each Due
Period  into the  Collection  Account  not later  than two  Business  Days after
receipt. However, at any time that (i) CITSF remains the Servicer under the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement  and The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc. (the parent of the
Servicer) has and maintains a short-term debt rating of ___ or higher by Moody's
and ______ by Standard & Poor's (the "Required Servicer  Ratings"),  or (ii) the
Servicer  obtains a letter of  credit,  surety  bond or  insurance  policy  (the
"Servicer  Letter of Credit") as  provided in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
under which  demands for payment  will be made to secure  timely  remittance  of
monthly  collections to the  Collection  Account and, in the case of clause (ii)
above,  the Trustees are provided  with a letter from each Rating  Agency to the
effect that the  utilization of such  alternative  remittance  schedule will not
result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of
the  Securities,  the  Servicer  will not be  required  to deposit  payments  by
Obligors on the Contracts in the Collection  Account within two Business Days of
the date of processing. In such an event, the Servicer may make such deposits on
the Business Day immediately  preceding the next  Distribution Date in an amount
equal to the net amount of such deposits and payments which would have been made
had the conditions of the preceding sentence not applied.  In the event that the
Servicer is permitted  to make  remittances  of  collections  to the  Collection
Account on a monthly  basis  pursuant to  satisfaction  of the second  condition
described  above,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will be modified,  to the
extent  necessary,  without the consent of any  Securityholder.  Pending deposit
into the Collection Account,  collections may be invested by the Servicer at its
own risk and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from its own funds.

     The  Company,  CITSF or the  Servicer,  as the case may be,  will remit the
aggregate  Purchase  Price of any Contracts to be purchased  from the Trust into
the Collection  Account on or before the Business Day immediately  preceding the
related Distribution Date.

     The  Servicer  will not be  required to deposit in the  Collection  Account
amounts  relating to the Contracts  attributable  to the following:  (a) amounts
received with respect to each Contract (or property acquired in respect thereof)
that has been  purchased by CITSF,  the Servicer or the Company  pursuant to the
Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and that are not required to be  distributed  to
Securityholders,   (b)  net  investment  earnings  on  funds  deposited  in  the
Collection  Account,  (c)  amounts  received  as Late  Fees,  (d)  amounts to be
reimbursed to the Servicer in respect of  unrecoverable  Monthly  Advances,  (e)
amounts received in respect of the amounts,  if any, of insurance premiums added
to the principal  balance of a Contract after the Initial  Cut-off Date for each
such Initial  Contract,  or after the related  Subsequent  Cut-off Date for each
such Subsequent Contract,  and (f) amounts received as liquidation  proceeds, to
the extent the Servicer is entitled to  reimbursement  of  liquidation  expenses
related hereto.

Monthly Advances

     With  respect  to each  Contract  as to which  there  has been an  Interest
Shortfall  during the  related  Due Period  (other  than an  Interest  Shortfall
arising from a Contract which has been prepaid in full or which has been subject
to a Relief Act  Reduction  during the related Due Period),  the Servicer  shall
advance  funds in the  amount  of such  Interest  Shortfall  (each,  a  "Monthly
Advance") but only to the extent that the Servicer, in its good faith judgement,
expects to recover such Monthly Advance from subsequent collections with respect
to interest on such Contract made by or on behalf of the Obligor thereunder (the
"Obligor"),  net liquidation proceeds or insurance proceeds with respect to such
Contract.  The  Servicer  shall  be  reimbursed  for any  Monthly  Advance  from
subsequent collections with respect to such Contract. If the Servicer determines
in its good faith  judgement  that an  unreimbursed  Monthly  Advance  shall not
ultimately  be  recoverable  from  such  collections,   the  Servicer  shall  be
reimbursed for such Monthly Advance from

                                      -59-

<PAGE>


collections on all Contracts and withdrawals from the Reserve Fund. The Servicer
will not advance  funds in respect of the  principal  component of any scheduled
payment.

     "Interest   Shortfall"   means  with   respect  to  any  Contract  and  any
Distribution  Date,  the excess of (x) the sum of (i) the product of one-twelfth
of the weighted average of the Pass-through Rate and the Class A Rate multiplied
by the outstanding  principal  amount of such Contract as of the last day of the
second preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Due Period,  as of the
Initial  Cut-off Date)  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year  comprised of
twelve 30-day months and (ii) the product of (A) the Servicing Fee Rate, (B) the
outstanding  principal amount of such Contracts as of the last day of the second
preceding Due Period (or, in the case of the first Due Period, as of the Initial
Cut-off  Date) and (C) a fraction,  the numerator of which is the number of days
in the  related  Due Period and the  denominator  of which is 365,  over (y) the
amount of interest collected on such Contract in the related Due Period.

     The Servicer will remit any Monthly Advance with respect to each Due Period
into the  Collection  Account not later than the Business Day preceding the next
following Distribution Date.

Non-Reimbursable Payment

     When a  payment  of  principal  is made  on or in  respect  of a  Contract,
interest is paid on the unpaid  principal  balance of such  Contract only to the
date of such payment. In order that Noteholders and Certificateholders  will not
be  adversely  affected by any  shortfall  in interest  resulting  from any such
payment  made  prior  to the end of any  Due  Period,  the  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement  will require the Servicer to deposit into the  Collection  Account on
the Business Day  immediately  preceding each  Determination  Date,  without the
right of subsequent  reimbursement,  such amount, if any, as may be necessary to
assure that the distributions made on the related  Determination Date in respect
of such Contract to the Servicer and Securityholders  include an amount equal to
interest at a rate equal to the sum of the  Pass-Through  Rate and the Servicing
Fee Rate on the  amount  of such  principal  payment  from  the date of  payment
through the last day of the related Due Period (the "Non-Reimbursable Payment").

Distributions

     On or before the  Determination  Date  preceding a  Distribution  Date, the
Servicer  will make a  determination  and inform the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Owner Trustee of the following amounts with respect to the preceding Due Period:
(i) the aggregate  amount of collections  on the  Contracts;  (ii) the aggregate
amount of Monthly  Advances to be remitted by the Servicer;  (iii) the aggregate
Purchase  Price of Contracts to be purchased by CITSF or the Servicer;  (iv) the
aggregate amount to be distributed as principal and interest on the Notes on the
related  Distribution  Date;  (v) the  aggregate  amount  to be  distributed  as
principal and interest on the  Certificates  on the related  Distribution  Date;
(vi) the Servicing Fee; (vii) the Guarantee Fee; (viii) the aggregate  amount of
Non-Reimbursable  Payments;  (ix) the amounts  required to be withdrawn from the
Reserve Fund for such  Distribution Date (which shall be equal to the amount, if
any, by which amounts in the Collection  Account  available for  distribution on
such  Distribution  Date is less than the amounts set forth in clauses (a), (b),
(c) and (d) in the following  paragraph with respect to such Distribution Date);
and (x) any Reserve Fund  Shortfall to be deposited in the Reserve Fund,  all as
described below.

     The "Available  Amount" on any Distribution Date is equal to all amounts on
deposit in the Collection  Account  attributable to collections or deposits made
in respect of such  Contracts  in the  related  Due  Period  less the  following
amounts (to the extent that the Servicer has not already  withheld  such amounts
from  collections  on the  Contracts)  any  repossession  profits  on  defaulted
Contracts, Liquidation Expenses (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement)
incurred and taxes and 

                                      -60-

<PAGE>



insurance  advanced by the  Servicer in respect of  Financed  Vehicles  that are
reimbursable to the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; any amounts
incorrectly  deposited in the Collection Account; and net investment earnings on
the funds in the Collection Account due to the Servicer pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  and any other amounts  permitted to be withdrawn  from the
Collection  Account by the  Servicer  (or to be  retained by the  Servicer  from
collections on the Contracts) pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     On each Distribution Date the Indenture Trustee will withdraw the Available
Amount from the Collection Account to make the following payments (to the extent
sufficient funds are available therefor) in the following order:

          (a) the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed  Monthly Advances made by
     the  Servicer  (and which are then due to be  reimbursed  to the  Servicer)
     shall be paid to the Servicer;

          (b) the Servicing Fee,  including any overdue  Servicing Fee, will (to
     the  extent  not  previously  retained  by the  Servicer)  be  paid  to the
     Servicer;

          (c) the Class A Interest  Distribution  Amount,  including any overdue
     Class A  Interest  Distribution  Amount  and,  to the extent  permitted  by
     applicable  law,  interest  thereon at the Class A Rate,  will be deposited
     into the Note Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

          (d) prior to the Cross-over Date, the Principal  Distribution  Amount,
     including any overdue Principal Distribution Amount, will be deposited into
     the Note Distribution Account, for payment to the Noteholders;

          (e)  the  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount,  including  any
     overdue  Certificate  Interest  Distribution  Amount  and,  to  the  extent
     permitted by applicable law,  interest  thereon at the  Pass-Through  Rate,
     will be deposited into the Certificate Distribution Account, for payment to
     the Certificateholders;

          (f) prior to the  Cross-over  Date,  the  Principal  Liquidation  Loss
     Amount,  if any,  will  be  deposited  into  the  Certificate  Distribution
     Account, for payment to the Certificateholders;

          (g)  subsequent to the  Cross-over  Date,  the Principal  Distribution
     Amount, including any overdue Principal Distribution Amount;

          (h) the Reserve  Fund  Shortfall  will be  deposited  into the Reserve
     Fund;

          (i) the  Guarantee Fee (as  hereinafter  defined) will be paid to CIT;
     and

          (j)  the  balance,  if  any,  will be  distributed  to the  Affiliated
     Purchaser.

     "Reserve Fund Shortfall" for any  Distribution  Date will be the difference
between  the   Specified   Reserve  Fund  Balance  (as  defined   under  "Credit
Enhancement" below) and the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund, to the extent
the amount on deposit in the  Reserve  Fund is less than the  Specified  Reserve
Fund Balance.

     To the extent that the aggregate amounts set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c)
and (d) above are greater than the amount on deposit in the  Collection  Account
for any Distribution  Date, the Indenture Trustee will withdraw from the Reserve
Fund the difference  between the aggregate  amounts in clauses (a), (b), (c) and
(d) above and the  amount on deposit in the  Collection  Account.  Any amount so
withdrawn from the Reserve Fund will be deposited by the Indenture  Trustee into
the Note Distribution Account.


                                      -61-

<PAGE>

     To the extent that the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund (after  giving
effect to any  distributions  therefrom on such  Distribution  Date) exceeds the
Specified Reserve Fund Balance for any Distribution  Date, the Indenture Trustee
will withdraw the  difference  between the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund
and the Specified Reserve Fund Balance. Any amount so withdrawn from the Reserve
Fund by the Indenture Trustee will be distributed to the Affiliated Purchaser.


Credit Enhancement

     Reserve Fund. Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller will
establish the Reserve Fund with the Indenture Trustee.  The Reserve Fund will be
funded by an initial deposit from the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, in
the form of cash or  Eligible  Investments  maturing  on or prior to the Initial
Distribution  Date on the Closing Date, and having a value of $___________  (the
"Reserve  Fund  Initial  Deposit").  The Reserve  Fund  Initial  Deposit will be
augmented by Excess  Amounts  which will be  deposited  from time to time in the
Reserve  Fund to the extent  necessary to maintain the Reserve Fund at an amount
equal to the Specified  Reserve Fund Balance.  "Excess  Amounts" in respect of a
Distribution  Date will be all  interest  collections  on or in  respect  of the
Contracts on deposit in the Certificate  Account in respect of such Distribution
Date,  after the Servicer has been reimbursed for any  outstanding  Advances and
has been paid the  Servicing  Fee  (including  any  unpaid  Servicing  Fees with
respect  to one or more  prior  Due  Periods)  and  after  giving  effect to all
distributions  of interest and  principal  required to be made to the holders of
the Class A Notes and the  Certificateholders on such Distribution Date. Amounts
in the  Reserve  Fund on any  Distribution  Date  (after  giving  effect  to all
distributions made on such Distribution Date) in excess of the Specified Reserve
Fund  Balance  for such  Distribution  Date  generally  will be  released to the
Affiliated Purchaser.

     The "Specified  Reserve Fund Balance" with respect to any Distribution Date
will be equal to  $_______,  except  that in the event that on any  Distribution
Date (i) the annualized average for the three preceding Due Periods of the ratio
of net losses (i.e.,  the balances of all Contracts  which are  determined to be
uncollectible  in the Due Period,  less any  Liquidation  Proceeds)  to the Pool
Balance  as of the first day of each such Due Period  exceeds  ____% or (ii) the
average  for the three  preceding  Due  Periods  of the  ratio of the  number of
Contracts that have been  repossessed but not yet sold or are delinquent __ days
or more to the outstanding  number of Contracts exceeds ___%, then the Specified
Reserve Fund Balance for such  Distribution Date shall be an amount equal to the
percentage of the Pool Balance as of the first day of such Due Period determined
by  deducting  from  ____  percent  the  following  fraction,   expressed  as  a
percentage:  (x) 1  minus  (y)  a  fraction,  the  numerator  of  which  is  the
Certificate Balance and the denominator of which is the Pool Balance (both as of
the first day of such Due Period),  but in no event shall the Specified  Reserve
Fund Balance be more than $________, or less than $________. On any Distribution
Date on which the  aggregate  balance of the  Certificates  is $________ or less
after giving effect to  distributions on such  Distribution  Date, the Specified
Reserve  Fund  Balance  shall be the  greater  of the  amount  set  forth in the
immediately preceding sentence or $__________.

     The Reserve Fund will be property of the Trust.

     Subordination  of  Certificates.  The rights of the  Certificateholders  to
receive  distributions with respect to the Contracts will be subordinated to the
rights of the Class A Noteholders,  to the limited extent described herein. This
subordination is intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by Class A
Noteholders of the full amount of interest and principal  required to be paid to
them, and to afford such Class A Noteholders  limited  protection against losses
in respect of the Contracts.

     No distribution will be made to the  Certificateholders on any Distribution
Date in respect of (i) interest or  principal  until the full amount of interest
and  

                                      -62-

<PAGE>


principal  on the  Class A Notes  payable  on such  Distribution  Date  has been
distributed  to the Class A  Noteholders  and (ii)  principal  until the Class A
Notes  have  been paid in full,  other  than  distributions  in  respect  of the
Principal Liquidation Loss Amount.

     The  protection  afforded to the Class A Noteholders  by the  subordination
feature  described above will be effected both by the preferential  right of the
Class  A  Noteholders  to  receive,  to the  extent  described  herein,  current
distributions  from  collections  on or in respect of the  Contracts  and by the
establishment  of the Reserve  Fund for the benefit of the Class A  Noteholders.
See "--Reserve Fund" above.

     Limited Guarantee.  In order to mitigate the effect of the subordination of
the  Certificates  and liquidation  losses on the Contracts,  CIT will provide a
guarantee  (the  "Limited  Guarantee")  against  losses that would  otherwise be
absorbed by the Certificates. Each payment required to be made under the Limited
Guarantee is referred to as a "Guarantee Payment".  Prior to the Cross-Over Date
and subject to the Guarantee  Payment Limit, the "Guarantee  Payment" will equal
the amount,  if any, by which (a) the sum of (i) the amount of interest  payable
to the  Certificateholders  for such  Distribution  Date, and (ii) the Principal
Liquidation Loss Amount, if any, exceeds (b) the Amount Available  remaining for
distribution  to the  Certificateholders  after the Servicer has been reimbursed
for any  outstanding  Advances  and has  been  paid  the  Servicer  Payment  and
distributions  of interest and principal  have been paid to the  Noteholders  on
such  Distribution  Date. On each  Distribution  Date on or after the Cross-Over
Date  and subject to the Guarantee  Payment Limit, the "Guarantee  Payment" will
equal the amount,  if any,  by which (a) the sum of the amount of  interest  and
principal  payable to the  Certificateholders  on such Distribution Date exceeds
(b) the Amount  Available  remaining  after the Servicer has been reimbursed for
any outstanding Advances and has been paid the Servicer Payment.

     In no event will the  aggregate  amount  paid under the  Limited  Guarantee
(including  the  Principal  Liquidation  Loss Amount)  exceed $ 
(the  "Guarantee Payment Limit").                             

     The Limited  Guarantee will be an unsecured  general  obligation of CIT and
will not be  supported  by any  letter  of credit  or other  credit  enhancement
arrangement. The Limited Guarantee will not benefit in any way, or result in any
payment to, the Noteholders.

     The Sale and Servicing Agreement will specify the circumstances under which
distributions  that would  otherwise be paid to the  Affiliated  Purchaser  will
instead be paid to CIT to  reimburse  it for  Guarantee  Payments  and  interest
thereon.

      As compensation for providing the Limited Guarantee,  CIT will be entitled
to  receive  a  Guarantee  Fee on each  Distribution  Date  equal to 1/12 of the
product  of  [0.25%]  and the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Contracts  as of the end of the second Due Period  preceding  such  Distribution
Date (or, in the case of the first  Distribution Date, the Initial Cut-off Date)
(the "Guarantee Fee").

Net Deposits

     As  an  administrative   convenience,   the  Servicer  will  under  certain
circumstances  be permitted to make deposits of collections,  Monthly  Advances,
Non-Reimbursable   Payments  and  the  aggregate  Purchase  Price  of  Contracts
purchased  by  it  for,  or  with  respect  to,  a  Distribution   Date  net  of
distributions to be made to the Servicer with respect to such  Distribution Date
(including,  without limitation,  Servicing Fee, reimbursement of nonrecoverable
Monthly  Advances  and amounts to be deducted in the  definition  of  "Available
Amount" set forth under  "Distributions"  above).  The Servicer,  however,  will
account to the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee and to the  Securityholders
as if all such deposits and  distributions  were made on an aggregate  basis for
each type of payment or deposit.




                                      -63-

<PAGE>


Statements to Trustees and Trust

     Prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will provide to the Indenture
Trustee and the Owner Trustee as of the close of business on the last day of the
preceding  Due  Period  a  statement   setting  forth   substantially  the  same
information  as is required to be provided in the periodic  reports  provided to
Securityholders   described  above  under  "Certain  Information  Regarding  the
Securities--Reports to Securityholders".

Evidence as to Compliance

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will require the Servicer to deliver to
the Trustees a monthly  report prior to each  Distribution  Date,  setting forth
certain  information  regarding the Contract Pool and the Securities.  Each such
report to the Trustees will be  accompanied  by a statement  from an appropriate
officer of the Servicer  certifying the accuracy of such report and stating that
the Servicer has not defaulted in the performance of its  obligations  under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Sale and Servicing Agreement will require that
on or before April 1 of each year,  the Servicer  will deliver to the Trustees a
report of  independent  public  accountants  stating  that  such firm has,  with
respect to the Servicer's overall servicing operations, examined such operations
in  accordance  with the  requirements  of the Uniform  Single Audit Program for
Mortgage Bankers, and stating such firm's conclusions relating thereto.

     The  Servicer  will  furnish  to the  Trustees  such  reasonably  pertinent
underlying  data as can be generated by the Servicer's  existing data processing
system without undue modification or expense.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  provide that the Servicer may not
resign  from its  obligations  and duties as  Servicer  thereunder,  except upon
determination  that the  Servicer's  performance  of such  duties  is no  longer
permissible  under  applicable law. Such  resignation  will not become effective
until the Indenture  Trustee or a successor  Servicer has assumed the Servicer's
servicing obligations and duties under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     The Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  will  further  provide that neither the
Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees and agents shall be under
any liability to the Trustee, the Trust or the Noteholders or Certificateholders
for taking any action or for refraining  from taking any action  pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, or for errors in judgment; provided, however, that
neither the Servicer nor any such person will be protected against any liability
that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard
of  obligations  and duties  thereunder.  In  addition,  the Sale and  Servicing
Agreement  will provide that the Servicer is under no  obligation  to appear in,
prosecute or defend any legal action that is not  incidental  to the  Servicer's
servicing  responsibilities  under the Sale and Servicing Agreement and that, in
its opinion,  may cause it to incur any expense or liability.  The Servicer may,
however, undertake any reasonable action that it may deem necessary or desirable
in respect of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and the rights and duties of the
parties  thereto and the  interests of the  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders
thereunder.

     Any  corporation  or other  entity into which the Servicer may be merged or
consolidated,  or any  corporation  or other entity  resulting  from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or any corporation
or other entity succeeding to the business of the Servicer, which corporation or
other entity assumes the  obligations of the Servicer,  will be the successor of
the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.


                                      -64-

<PAGE>

Servicer Default

     A "Servicer Default" under the Sale and Servicing Agreement will consist of
(i) any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture  Trustee for deposit
in  any of the  Trust  Accounts  or the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  any
required  payment  or to  direct  the  Indenture  Trustee  to make any  required
distributions  therefrom,  which  failure  continues  unremedied  for  five  (5)
Business Days after the written  notice from the Indenture  Trustee or the Owner
Trustee is received by the Servicer or after discovery by the Servicer; (ii) any
failure by the Servicer  duly to observe or perform in any material  respect any
other of its covenants or agreements  in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  that
materially   and   adversely   affects   the  rights  of  the   Noteholders   or
Certificateholders  which  continues  unremedied for 60 days after the giving of
written  notice of such failure or breach (1) to the  Servicer by the  Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee or (2) to the Servicer,  the Indenture  Trustee and
the Owner Trustee by holders of Notes or Certificates, as applicable, evidencing
not less than 25% in  aggregate  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Notes or
Certificates  (or such  longer  period,  not in excess  of 120  days,  as may be
reasonably  necessary  to remedy such  default;  provided  that such  default is
capable of remedy within 120 days or less and the Servicer delivers an officer's
certificate to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to such effect and to
the effect that the Servicer  has  commenced,  or will  promptly  commence,  and
diligently  pursue all  reasonable  efforts to remedy such  default);  (iii) any
assignment  or  delegation  by the  Servicer  of its duties or rights  under the
Agreement,  except as specifically permitted under the Agreement, or any attempt
to make such an assignment or  delegation;  (iv) certain  events of  insolvency,
readjustment  of  debt,   marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities  or  similar
proceedings  regarding the Servicer;  or (v) the Servicer no longer qualifies as
an Eligible Servicer (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement).

Rights Upon Servicer Default

     As long as a  Servicer  Default  under  the  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
remains  unremedied,  the Indenture Trustee may, and at the written direction of
the holders of Notes  evidencing not less than a majority in principal amount of
such then  outstanding  Notes,  shall,  unless  prohibited  by  applicable  law,
terminate all of the rights and  obligations  of the Servicer under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement  and in and to the  Contracts,  and the  proceeds  thereof,
whereupon  (subject  to  applicable  law) the  Indenture  Trustee or a successor
Servicer  under  the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  succeed  to all the
responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities  of the  Servicer  under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar  compensation  arrangements;
provided, however, that neither the Indenture Trustee nor any successor servicer
will  assume any  obligation  of CITSF to  purchase  Contracts  for  breaches of
representations  or  warranties,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  successor
Servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer  occurring
prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions or for any
breach  by the  Servicer  of any of its  obligations  contained  in the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  such termination,  the Servicer shall be
entitled to payment of certain amounts payable to it prior to such  termination,
for services rendered prior to such termination. No such termination will affect
in any manner CITSF's  obligation to purchase certain  Contracts for breaches of
representations  or warranties  under the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  In the
event that the Indenture  Trustee would be obligated to succeed the Servicer but
is  unwilling  or unable so to act,  it may  appoint,  or petition to a court of
competent  jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of,  a  Servicer.  Pending  such
appointment,  the Indenture Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity, unless
the Indenture Trustee is prohibited by law from so acting. The Indenture Trustee
and such successor may agree upon the servicing  compensation to be paid,  which
in no event may be greater than the  compensation to CITSF as Servicer under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.



                                      -65-

<PAGE>

Waiver of Past Defaults

     The holders of Notes  evidencing at least a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding  Notes (or the holders of the  Certificates  evidencing not
less than a majority of the  Certificate  Balance,  in the case of any  Servicer
Default  which  does  not  adversely   affect  the  Indenture   Trustee  or  the
Noteholders)  may,  on behalf of all such  Noteholders  and  Certificateholders,
waive any default by the Servicer in the  performance of its  obligations  under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and its consequences, except a Servicer Default
in making any required deposits to or payments from any of the trust accounts in
accordance  with the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  No such waiver will impair
such  Noteholders'  or  Certificateholders'  right with  respect  to  subsequent
defaults.

Amendment

     Each of the Purchase  Agreements and the Trust  Documents may be amended by
the  parties  thereto,  without  prior  notice to or the  consent of the related
Noteholders or  Certificateholders  (i) to cure any  ambiguity,  (ii) correct or
supplement  any  provision  therein  which  may be  inconsistent  with any other
provision therein, (iii) to add or amend any provision as required by Moody's or
Standard & Poor's to maintain or improve the rating of the Certificates, (iv) to
add to the covenants,  restrictions or obligations of the Company, the Servicer,
the Owner Trustee or the  Indenture  Trustee,  or (v) make any other  provisions
with respect to matters or questions  arising under such Agreement which are not
inconsistent  with the provisions of such agreement;  provided that, in the case
of an amendment  pursuant to clause (v), such action will not, in the opinion of
counsel  (which  may be  internal  counsel  to  the  Company  or the  Servicer),
adversely  affect in any material  respect the  interests of any  Noteholder  or
Certificateholder.  Each  such  agreement  may also be  amended  by the  parties
thereto,  with the consent of the  holders of at least a majority  in  principal
amount  of such then  outstanding  Notes and the  holders  of such  Certificates
evidencing  at least a majority  of the  Certificate  Balance for the purpose of
adding  any  provisions  to or  changing  in  any  manner  the  rights  of  such
Noteholders  or  Certificateholders;  except,  that no such  amendment,  may (i)
increase  or reduce in any  manner the  amount  of, or  accelerate  or delay the
timing of,  collections  of  payments on  Contracts  or  distributions  that are
required  to be  made  on any  Note  or  Certificate,  any  Interest  Rate,  any
Pass-Through  Rate or the Specified  Reserve  Account Balance or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage required of Noteholders and  Certificateholders  to consent
to any  such  amendment  without  the  consent  of all  of  the  Noteholders  or
Certificateholders, as the case may be.

Insolvency Event

     If any of certain events of insolvency,  readjustment of debt,  marshalling
of assets and  liabilities,  or similar  proceedings with respect to such person
indicating  its  insolvency  or  inability  to pay  its  obligations  (each,  an
"Insolvency  Event")  occurs  with  respect  to the  Affiliated  Purchaser,  the
Contracts shall be liquidated and the Trust will be terminated 90 days after the
date of such Insolvency Event, unless, before the end of such 90-day period, the
Owner  Trustee  shall have received  written  instructions  from (i) each of the
Certificateholders  (other than the Affiliated Purchaser),  and (ii) each of the
Noteholders to the effect that each such party disapproves of the liquidation of
such Contracts and  termination of such Trust.  Promptly after the occurrence of
any Insolvency Event with respect to the Affiliated Purchaser, notice thereof is
required to be given to the Noteholders and Certificateholders;  except that any
failure to give such required  notice will not prevent or delay  termination  of
the Trust.  Upon  termination  of the Trust,  the Owner Trustee shall direct the
Indenture  Trustee  promptly  to sell the assets of such Trust  (other  than the
Certificate  Distribution  Account) in a commercially  reasonable  manner and on
commercially  reasonable terms. The proceeds from any such sale,  disposition or
liquidation of the Contracts will be treated as collections on the Contracts and
deposited  in  the  related  Collection   Account.  If  the  proceeds  from  the
liquidation of the Contracts and any amounts on 

                                      -66-

<PAGE>

deposit  in  the  Reserve  Account,   the  Note  Distribution  Account  and  the
Certificate  Distribution  Account  are  not  sufficient  to pay the  Notes  and
Certificates in full, the amount of principal returned to the Certificateholders
will be  reduced  and the  Certificateholders  will incur a loss.  See  "Special
Considerations--Certain Legal Aspects".

Affiliated Purchaser Liability

     Under the Trust Agreement, the Affiliated Purchaser will agree to be liable
directly  to an  injured  party for the  entire  amount of any  losses,  claims,
damages  or  liabilities  (other  than  those  incurred  by  a  Noteholder  or a
Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor) arising out of or based on the
arrangement created by such Trust Agreement as though such arrangement created a
partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited  Partnership Act of which
the Affiliated Purchaser were a general partner.

Termination

     The obligations of the Servicer, the Company, the Affiliated Purchaser, the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Purchase  Agreements and
the Trust  Documents  will  terminate with respect upon the earliest to occur of
(i) the maturity or other  liquidation of the last Contract and the  disposition
of any amounts received upon liquidation of any property remaining in the Trust,
(ii) the payment to  Securityholders  of all amounts required to be paid to them
pursuant  to the  Purchase  Agreements  and the  Trust  Agreement  and (iii) the
occurrence of either event described below.

     In order to avoid  excessive  administrative  expenses,  the Company or the
Servicer  will be  permitted  at its option to purchase  from the Trust,  on any
Distribution Date following a Record Date as of which the Pool Balance is 10% or
less of the Initial Pool Balance,  all  remaining  Contracts at a price equal to
the aggregate Purchase Price for the Contracts (including Defaulted  Contracts),
plus  the  appraised  value  of any  other  property  held  by the  Trust  (less
liquidation  expenses).  In the event that both the Company and the Servicer, or
any successor to the Servicer,  elect to purchase the Contracts, the party first
notifying the Trustee  (based on the Trustee's  receipt of such notice) shall be
permitted  to purchase the  Contracts.  Exercise of such right will effect early
retirement of the  Securities.  The "Initial Pool Balance" equals the sum of (i)
the Pool Balance as of the Initial Cut-off Date and (ii) the aggregate principal
balance of all Subsequent  Contracts  added to the Trust as of their  respective
Subsequent Cut-off Dates.

     Within  ten days  following  a  [Distribution]  Date as of  which  the Pool
Balance is 5% or less of the Initial  Cut-off Date Pool Principal  Balance,  the
Trustee shall  solicit bids for the purchase of the  Contracts  remaining in the
Trust. In the event that  satisfactory bids are received as described below, the
sale proceeds will be distributed to Securityholders on the second  Distribution
Date  succeeding  such Record Date. Any purchaser of the Contracts must agree to
the continuation of CITSF as Servicer on terms substantially similar to those in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Any such sale will effect early retirement of
the Securities.

     The  Owner  Trustee  must  receive  at  least  two  bids  from  prospective
purchasers that are considered at the time to be competitive participants in the
market for recreational  vehicle retail installment sale contracts.  The highest
bid may not be less than the fair market value of such  Contracts and must equal
the sum of (i) the greater of (a) the aggregate Purchase Price for the Contracts
(including Defaulted Contracts),  plus the appraised value of any other property
held by the Trust (less  liquidation  expenses) or (b) an amount that when added
to amounts on deposit in the Collection  Account  available for  distribution to
Securityholders  for such second succeeding  Determination  Date would result in
proceeds  sufficient to distribute the amount of monthly  principal and interest
for such Distribution Date and any unpaid principal and interest with respect to
one or  more  prior  Distribution  Dates,  and  (ii)  the  sum of (a) an  amount
sufficient to reimburse the Servicer for any  

                                      -67-

<PAGE>


unreimbursed  Monthly Advances for which it is entitled to reimbursement and (b)
the Servicing Fee payable on such final Distribution Date,  including any unpaid
Servicing  Fees with respect to one or more prior Due  Periods.  The Trustee may
consult with financial advisors,  including any Underwriter, to determine if the
fair market value of such  Contracts has been offered.  Upon the receipt of such
bids, the Trustee shall sell and assign such Contracts to the highest bidder and
the  Securities  shall  be  retired  on such  Distribution  Date.  If any of the
foregoing  conditions are not met, the Trustee shall decline to consummate  such
sale and  shall not be under any  obligation  to  solicit  any  further  bids or
otherwise  negotiate  any further sale of Contracts  remaining in the Trust.  In
such  event,  however,  the Trustee  may from time to time  solicit  bids in the
future for the purchase of such Contracts upon the same terms described above.

     The Trustee will give written notice of termination to each  Securityholder
of record. The final distribution to each  Securityholder will be made only upon
surrender and  cancellation of such holder's  Securities at any office or agency
of the Trustee  specified in the notice of  termination.  Any funds remaining in
the  Trust,   after  the  Trustee  has  taken  certain   measures  to  locate  a
Securityholder  and  such  measures  have  failed,  will be  distributed  to the
Servicer for deposit into an escrow account.  Thereafter,  Securityholders shall
look only to such escrow account.


                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS

     The  following  discussion  contains  summaries of certain legal aspects of
recreational vehicle contracts,  which are general in nature. Because such legal
aspects  are   governed  by   applicable   state  law  (which  laws  may  differ
substantially),  the  summaries do not purport to be complete nor to reflect the
laws of any particular  state,  nor to encompass the laws of all states in which
the security for the Contracts is situated. The summaries are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the  applicable  federal and state laws  governing  the
Contracts.

General

     As a result of the  assignment of the Contracts to the Owner  Trustee,  the
Trust will succeed  collectively  to the rights  (including the right to receive
payment on the Contracts)  and will assume the  obligations of the obligee under
the Contracts. Each Contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the obligor to
repay the loan evidenced  thereby,  and (b) the grant of a security  interest in
the Financed Vehicle to secure  repayment of such loan.  Certain aspects of both
features of the Contracts are described more fully below.

     The Contracts are "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") as in effect in the various  states of origination of the Contracts.
Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to
perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. Under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer will retain possession of the Contracts as custodian for
the Owner  Trustee,  and will make an  appropriate  filing of a UCC-1  financing
statement  in New Jersey to perfect the sale of the  Contracts by the Company to
the Owner Trustee. The Contracts will not be stamped to reflect their assignment
from CITSF to the Company or from the Company to the Owner Trustee.

     Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated from
time to time to take such actions as are necessary to continue the perfection of
the Trust's  interest in the  Contracts  and the  proceeds  thereof.  CITSF will
warrant in the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  with  respect to each  Contract,
that,  as of the Closing Date for each Initial  Contract,  and as of the related
Subsequent Transfer Date for each Subsequent Contract, the Contract has not been
sold,  transferred,  assigned  or pledged by CITSF to any person  other than the
Company,  that immediately prior to the transfer and assignment of the Contracts
to the Company,  CITSF has good and marketable title thereto,  free and clear of
all  liens,   encumbrances,   security  interests  and  rights  of  others  and,
immediately upon the transfer thereof, the 

                                      -68-

<PAGE>

Company will have good and marketable  title to the Contract,  free and clear of
all liens,  encumbrances,  security interests and rights of others, and that the
transfer has been  perfected  under  applicable  law. In the event of an uncured
breach of any such warranty that  materially  adversely  affects the interest of
the Trust in a  Contract  transferred  by the  Company  to the  Trust,  the only
recourse of the Certificateholders,  the Owner Trustee, or the Trust would be to
require CITSF to purchase such Contract.

     Pursuant  to the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Servicer  will  have
custody  of  the  Contracts  sold  to  the  Trust.  The  Contracts  and  related
certificates  of title will not be  physically  marked or segregated to indicate
that such Contracts have been sold to the Trust.  If,  through  inadvertence  or
otherwise,  another party purchases (including the taking of a security interest
in) the Contracts for new value in the ordinary course of its business,  without
actual knowledge of the Trust's interest, and takes possession of the Contracts,
such  purchaser  would  acquire an  interest  in the  Contracts  superior to the
interest of the Trust.

Security Interests in the Financed Vehicles

     General.  Installment  sale  contracts  such as the Contracts  evidence the
credit sale of recreational vehicles by dealers to obligors;  the contracts also
constitute  personal property security agreements and include grants of security
interests  in the related  recreational  vehicles  under the UCC. In most states
(including  California),  perfection  rules  relating to security  interests  in
recreational  vehicles are generally  governed under state  certificate of title
statutes  (Alabama,  Connecticut,  Georgia,  Maine,  Massachusetts,   Minnesota,
Mississippi,  New Hampshire, New York, Rhode Island and Vermont have adopted the
Uniform Motor Vehicle Certificate of Title and Anti-Theft Act) or by the vehicle
registration laws of the state in which each recreational vehicle is located. In
states which have adopted the Uniform  Motor  Vehicle  Certificate  of Title and
Anti-Theft Act,  security  interests in  recreational  vehicles may be perfected
either by notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of title title
or by  delivery  of  the  certificate  of  title  and  payment  of a fee  to the
statemotor vehicle authority,  depending on particular state law. In states that
do not have a  certificate  of  title  statute  or that  make no  provision  for
notation of a security interest on a certificate of title, perfection is usually
accomplised  by filing  pursuant to the  provisions  of the UCC. In most states,
including California, a security interest in a recreational vehicle is perfected
by notation of the secured  party's lien on the vehicle's  certificate of title.
Each  Contract  prohibits the sale or transfer of the related  Financed  Vehicle
without the consent of CITSF.

     Perfection of Sale. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, CITSF will sell and
assign its interests in the Contracts,  including the security  interests in the
Financed Vehicles granted  thereunder,  to the Company and, pursuant to the Sale
and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Company will sell and assign its interest in the
Contracts,  including the security  interests in the Financed  Vehicles  granted
thereunder,  to the Owner Trustee.  UCC financing statements to perfect the sale
of (i) CITSF's  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Financed  Vehicles to the
Company and (ii) the  Company's  interests  in the  Contracts  and the  Financed
Vehicles to the Owner Trustee, will be filed.

     Perfection  of CITSF's  Security  Interest in the  Financed  Vehicles.  The
certificates  of title  relating  to the  Financed  Vehicles  name  CITSF as the
secured party.  In those  instances  where no certificate of title is applicable
under state law, a UCC-1  financing  statement  has been filed.  CITSF takes all
actions necessary under the laws of the state in which the related  recreational
vehicles  are located to perfect  its  security  interest  in such  recreational
vehicles, including, where applicable, having a notation of its lien recorded on
the related  certificate of title or delivering the required documents and fees,
and obtaining possession of the certificate of title (if possible). In the event
CITSF fails,  due to clerical  errors,  to effect such notation or delivery,  or
files the  security  interest  under the wrong law (for  example,  under the UCC
rather than under a motor vehicle title


                                      -69-

<PAGE>

law), the Securityholders may not have a first priority security interest in the
Financed Vehicle securing a Contract. In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, CITSF
has  represented  as of the Closing Date that each Contract  creates a valid and
enforceable  first priority  security  interest in favor of CITSF or the related
Dealer in the Financed Vehicle covered thereby (which security  interest,  if in
favor of the  related  Dealer,  has been  assigned  to CITSF) and such  security
interest has been  assigned by CITSF to the Company,  and all  necessary  action
with respect to such Contract has been taken to perfect the security interest in
the  related  Financed  Vehicle  in favor of  CITSF.  A breach  by CITSF of such
warranty that materially  adversely affects the Trust's interest in any Contract
would require CITSF to purchase such Contract unless such breach is cured within
90 days.

     Perfection of Trust's Security Interest in Financed Vehicles. In each case,
except where applicable laws require the filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement,
the certificate of title names CITSF as the secured party.  However,  because of
the administrative burden and expense,  neither CITSF, the Company nor the Trust
will amend any  certificate  of title to  identify  the Trust as the new secured
party on the  certificate of title relating to the Financed  Vehicles.  However,
the Servicer will  continue to hold any  certificates  of title  relating to the
Financed  Vehicles in its  possession as custodian for the Trust pursuant to the
Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement.  See "The  Purchase  Agreements  and the  Trust
Documents--Sale  and  Assignment  of the  Contracts."  Accordingly,  CITSF  will
continue to be named as the secured party on the  certificates of title relating
to the Financed Vehicles.

     (i) California.  A security  interest in a motor vehicle  registered in the
State of  California  (in which the  greatest  number of Financed  Vehicles  are
currently registered) may be perfected only by depositing with the Department of
Motor Vehicles a properly endorsed  certificate of title for the vehicle showing
the  secured  party as "legal  owner"  thereon  or if the  vehicle  has not been
previously registered, an application in usual form for an original registration
together with an  application  for  registration  of the secured party as "legal
owner." However,  under the California  Vehicle Code, a transferee of a security
interest  in a motor  vehicle is not  required to reapply to the  Department  of
Motor  Vehicles  for a  transfer  of  registration  when  the  interest  of  the
transferee  arises  from the  transfer  of a  security  agreement  by the "legal
owner." Accordingly, under California law, an assignment such as that under each
of the Purchase  Agreement and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement is an effective
conveyance of CITSF's and the Company's perfected security interest, as the case
may be,  without  such  reregistration,  and under the  Purchase  Agreement  the
Company will succeed to CITSF's,  and under the Sale and Servicing Agreement the
Trust will succeed to the Company's, rights as secured party.

     (ii) Other  States.  In most  states,  assignments  such as those under the
Purchase  Agreement  and the  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  are an  effective
conveyance  of a  security  interest  without  amendment  of any lien noted on a
vehicle's  certificate  of  title,  and the  assignee  succeeds  thereby  to the
assignor's  rights as secured party.  Because of the  administrative  burden and
expense,  none of CITSF,  the Company or the Trust will amend any certificate of
title to identify the Trust as the new secured party on the certificate of title
relating to the Financed Vehicles.  Although re-registration of the recreational
vehicle in such states is not necessary to convey a perfected  security interest
in the Financed  Vehicles to the Trust,  because the Trust will not be listed as
the secured party on the  certificates  of title to the Financed  Vehicles,  its
security interest could be defeated through fraud or negligence.  In the absence
of fraud,  forgery or administrative  error, the notation of CITSF's lien on the
certificates  of title will be  sufficient  in most  states to protect the Trust
against the rights of subsequent  purchasers of a Financed Vehicle or subsequent
creditors  who take a security  interest in a Financed  Vehicle.  However,  with
respect to  Financed  Vehicles  in states in which the Trust  failed to obtain a
first perfected  security  interest  because it is not identified as the secured
party on the  certificate of title,  its security  interest would be subordinate
to, among others, subsequent purchasers of such Financed Vehicles and holders of
first perfected security interests therein.



                                      -70-

<PAGE>

     Continuity  of  Perfection.  Under  the laws of most  states,  a  perfected
security interest in a recreational  vehicle continues for four months after the
vehicle is moved to a new state from the one in which it is initially registered
and thereafter until the owner re-registers such recreational vehicle in the new
state.  A majority of states  require  surrender  of a  certificate  of title to
re-register a vehicle.  In those states  (including  California)  that require a
secured  party to hold  possession  of the  certificate  of  title  to  maintain
perfection  of the  security  interest,  the  secured  party  would learn of the
re-registration   through  the  request  from  the  obligor  under  the  related
installment  sale contract to surrender  possession of the certificate of title.
In the case of vehicles  registered  in states  providing  for the notation of a
lien on the  certificate of title but not  possession by the secured party,  the
secured   party  would   receive   notice  of   surrender   from  the  state  of
re-registration  if the security  interest is noted on the certificate of title.
Thus,  the secured party would have the  opportunity  to re-perfect its security
interest in the vehicles in the state of relocation.  However,  these procedural
safeguards  will not  protect  the secured  party if through  fraud,  forgery or
administrative  error,  the debtor somehow  procures a new  certificate of title
that does not list the secured party's lien. Additionally, in states that do not
require a certificate of title for  registration  of a vehicle,  re-registration
could defeat perfection.

     In the ordinary course of servicing the Contracts, CITSF will take steps to
effect  re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of  re-registration or information
from the obligor as to relocation.  Similarly,  when an obligor sells a Financed
Vehicle,  CITSF must  surrender  possession of the  certificate of title or will
receive notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and  accordingly  will have
an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Contract before release of
the lien. Under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be obligated
to take  appropriate  steps,  at its own expense,  to maintain  perfection  of a
security interest in the Financed Vehicles.

     CITSF, as Servicer, will continue to hold certificates of title relating to
the Financed  Vehicles in its  possession as custodian for the Trust pursuant to
the Sale and Servicing Agreement. In the Sale and Servicing Agreement, CITSF, as
Servicer,  will covenant that it will not release the Financed  Vehicle securing
any Contract from the security  interest  granted therein except as contemplated
by the Sale and Servicing Agreement. CITSF, as Servicer, will also covenant that
it shall not impair the rights of the Trust in the  Contacts  or take any action
inconsistent with the Trust's ownership of the Contracts, except as permitted by
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement.  A  breach  of  either  such  covenant  that
materially  and adversely  affects the Trust's  interest in any Contract,  would
require  the  Servicer  to purchase  such  Contract  unless such breach is cured
within the period specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     Priority of Certain  Liens  Arising by Operation of Law.  Under the laws of
California  and of most states,  liens for repairs  performed on a  recreational
vehicle and liens for unpaid  taxes take  priority  over even a first  perfected
security  interest  in such  vehicle.  The  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended,  also grants  priority to certain  federal tax liens over the lien of a
secured  party.   The  laws  of  certain  states  and  federal  law  permit  the
confiscation  of  motor  vehicles  by  governmental  authorities  under  certain
circumstances if used in unlawful activities,  which may result in the loss of a
secured  party's  perfected  security  interest  in a  confiscated  recreational
vehicle.  CITSF will  represent and warrant in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
that, as of the Closing Date, there were, to the best of CITSF's  knowledge,  no
liens or claims which have been filed for work,  labor or materials  affecting a
Financed Vehicle  securing a Contract,  which are or may be liens prior or equal
to the lien of the Contract.  However, liens for repairs or taxes could arise at
any time  during the term of a  Contract.  No notice  will be given to the Owner
Trustee or Securityholders  in the event such a lien or confiscation  arises and
any such lien or confiscation  arising after the date of initial issuance of the
Securities would not give rise to CITSF's purchase obligation under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.



                                      -71-

<PAGE>

Repossession

     In  the  event  of  defualt  by an  obligor,  the  holder  of  the  related
installment sale contract has all the remedies of a secured party under the UCC,
except  where  specifically  limited by other state laws.  The UCC remedies of a
secured party include the right to repossession by self-help means,  unless such
means would  constitute  a breach of the peace.  Self-help  repossession  is the
method  employed  by the  Servicer in most cases and is  accomplished  simply by
taking  possession  of the  related  recreational  vehicle.  In cases  where the
obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise required by
applicable state law, a court order must be obtained from the appropriate  state
court,  and the vehicle must then be recovered in accordance with that order. In
some jurisdictions (not including California),  the secured party is required to
notify the debtor of the default and the intent to repossess the  collateral and
be given a time period within which to cure the default  prior to  repossession.
In most states (including  California),  under certain  circumstances  after the
vehicle has been repossessed,  the obligor may reinstate the related contract by
paying the delinquent installments and other amounts due.

Notice of Sale; Redemption Rights

     The UCC and other  state laws  require  the  secured  party to provide  the
obligor with  reasonable  notice of the date,  time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private sale of the  collateral may be held. The
obligor  has the right to redeem the  collateral  prior to actual sale by paying
the  secured  party the  unpaid  principal  balance of the  obligation,  accrued
interest  thereon  plus  reasonable  expenses  for  repossessing,   holding  and
preparing the collateral for  disposition  and arranging for its sale,  plus, in
some jurisdictions,  reasonable attorneys' fees or in some states, by payment of
delinquent   installments  or  the  unpaid  principal  balance  of  the  related
obligation.

Deficiency Judgments and Excess Proceeds

     The proceeds of resale of the Financed  Vehicles  generally will be applied
first to the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of
the related  indebtedness.  While some states impose prohibitions or limitations
on  deficiency  judgments if the net proceeds  from resale do not cover the full
amount of the  indebtedness,  a deficiency  judgment can be sought in California
and most other states. In addition to the notice  requirement,  the UCC requires
that  every  aspect  of the sale or other  disposition,  including  the  method,
manner,  time,  place and  terms,  be  "commercially  reasonable."  Most  courts
(including courts in California) have held that when a sale is not "commercially
reasonable,"  the secured  party loses its right to a  deficiency  judgment.  In
addition,  the UCC permits the debtor or other  interested  party to recover for
any loss caused by noncompliance  with the provisions of the UCC. Also, prior to
a sale,  the UCC permits the debtor or other  interested  person to restrain the
secured party from  disposing of the  collateral if it is  established  that the
secured  party is not  proceeding in  accordance  with the "default"  provisions
under the UCC.  However,  the deficiency  judgment would be a personal  judgment
against the obligor for the  shortfall,  and a defaulting  obligor may have very
little capital or sources of income available following repossession. Therefore,
in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a deficiency  judgment or, if one is
obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount or be uncollectible.

     Occasionally,  after  resale of a  recreational  vehicle and payment of all
expenses and  indebtedness,  there is a surplus of funds.  In that case, the UCC
requires the creditor to remit the surplus to any holder of a  subordinate  lien
with respect to such  vehicle or, if no such  lienholder  exists,  to the former
owner of the vehicle.



                                      -72-

<PAGE>


Certain Matters Relating to Insolvency

     CITSF and the Company  intend that the transfer of Contracts  from CITSF to
the Company and from the Company to the Trust  constitutes a sale, rather than a
pledge of the Contracts to secure indebtedness. However, if CITSF or the Company
were to become a debtor  under  Title 11 of the United  States  Code,  11 U.S.C.
ss.101  et  seq.  (the  "Bankruptcy  Code"),  it is  possible  that a  creditor,
receiver,  other  party in  interest  or trustee in  bankruptcy  of CITSF or the
Company,  or CITSF or the  Company as  debtor-in-possession,  may argue that the
sale of the  Contracts by CITSF or the Company,  or by the Company to the Trust,
respectively,  was a  pledge  of the  Contracts  rather  than a sale  and  that,
accordingly,  such Contracts should be part of such entity's  bankruptcy estate.
Such a position, if presented to a court, even if ultimately unsuccessful, could
result in a delay in or reduction of distributions to the Securityholders.

     Although  other courts have held  otherwise,  a case  (Octagon Gas Systems,
Inc. v. Rimmer,  995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir.),  cert.  denied 114 S.Ct.  554 (1993))
decided by the United  States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth  Circuit  contains
language to the effect that, under Article 9 of the UCC,  "accounts" (as defined
in the UCC) sold by a debtor  would remain  property of the debtor's  bankruptcy
estate, whether or not the sale of the accounts was perfected under the UCC. UCC
Article 9 applies to the sale of "chattel paper" (as defined in the UCC) as well
as the sale of "accounts" and, although the Contracts  constitute  chattel paper
under the UCC rather than  accounts,  perfection of a security  interest in both
chattel paper and accounts may be accomplished  under the UCC by the filing of a
UCC-1 financing statement. If, following a bankruptcy of CITSF or of he Company,
a court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit  reflected in the case
described above,  then the Contracts would be included in the bankruptcy  estate
of CITSF  or the  Company,  as the  case  may be,  and  delays  in  payments  of
collections on or in respect of the Contracts, or loss of principal and interest
in respect of the Certificates, could occur.

     The Company  has taken  steps in  structuring  the  transactions  described
herein that are intended to make it unlikely that the  voluntary or  involuntary
application for relief by CITSF under the Bankruptcy Code or similar  applicable
state laws (collectively, "Insolvency Laws") will result in consolidation of the
assets and liabilities of the Company with those of CIT. These steps include the
creation of the Company as a wholly  owned,  limited  purpose  subsidiary of CIT
pursuant  to a  certificate  of  incorporation  containing  certain  limitations
(including restrictions on the nature of the Company's business).

Consumer Protection Laws

     Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose  substantial  requirements  upon  creditors  and  servicers  involved  in
consumer finance.  These laws include the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity  Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act,
the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices  Act, the
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the
Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act,  the Military  Reservist  Relief Act,
state  adaptations  of the  National  Consumer  Act and of the Uniform  Consumer
Credit Code and state  motor  vehicle  retail  installment  sales  acts,  retail
installment  sales acts and other similar laws. Also, the laws of California and
of certain other states impose finance charge ceilings and other restrictions on
consumer  transactions  and require  contract  disclosures  in addition to those
required  under  federal  law.  These  requirements  impose  specific  statutory
liabilities  upon  creditors who fail to comply with their  provisions.  In some
cases,  this liability could affect the ability of an assignee such as the Owner
Trustee to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Contracts.

     The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course  Rule" of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"),  has the effect of subjecting  any assignee of the seller in a
consumer 


                                      -73-

<PAGE>


credit  transaction  to  all  claims  and  defenses  which  the  obligor  in the
transaction  could assert against the seller of the goods.  Liability  under the
FTC Rule is limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the  contract,  and
the holder of the contract  may also be unable to collect any balance  remaining
due  thereunder  from the obligor.  The FTC Rule is generally  duplicated by the
Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other state statutes or the common law in certain
states.  Most of the Contracts  will be subject to the  requirements  of the FTC
Rule.  Accordingly,  the Owner  Trustee,  as holder  of the  Contracts,  will be
subject to any claims or defenses  that the  purchaser  of the related  Financed
Vehicle may assert against the seller of the Financed  Vehicle.  Such claims are
limited to a maximum  liability  equal to the amounts paid by the obligor  under
the related Contracts.

     Under California law and most state vehicle dealer licensing laws,  sellers
of recreational  vehicles are required to be licensed to sell vehicles at retail
sale.   Numerous  other  federal  and  state  consumer  protection  laws  impose
requirements   applicable  to  the  origination  and  lending  pursuant  to  the
Contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act,
the Fair Credit  Billing  Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer
Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to comply with their
provisions may affect the  enforceability of the related  Contract.  Neither the
Trust nor the Company has  obtained  any license  required  under any federal or
state consumer or mortgage banking laws or regulations,  and the absence of such
licenses may impede the  enforcement  of certain  rights or give rise to certain
defenses in actions seeking  enforcement  rights.  In addition,  with respect to
used  vehicles,  the Federal  Trade  Commission's  Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles
requires  that all sellers of used  vehicles  prepare,  complete,  and display a
"Buyer's  Guide"  which  explains  the  warranty  coverage  for  such  vehicles.
Furthermore,  Federal Odometer  Regulations  promulgated under the Motor Vehicle
Information  and Cost  Savings  Act require  that all  sellers of used  vehicles
furnish a written  statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the
odometer  reading.  If a seller is not properly  licensed or if either a Buyer's
Guide or Odometer  Disclosure  Statement  was not provided to the purchaser of a
Financed Vehicle, the obligor may be able to assert a defense against the seller
of the Financed Vehicle.

     Courts  have  applied  general  equitable  principles  to  secured  parties
pursuing  repossession  or  litigation  involving  deficiency  balances.   These
equitable  principles  may have the effect of  relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

     In several cases,  consumers  have asserted that the self-help  remedies of
secured  parties  under  the UCC  and  related  laws  violate  the  due  process
protections of the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States
of America. Courts have generally either upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as  reasonable or have found that the  creditor's  repossession
and  resale do not  involve  sufficient  state  action to afford  constitutional
protection to consumers.

     CITSF will  represent and warrant  under the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement
that  each  Contract  complies  with  all  requirements  of law in all  material
respects.  A  breach  of  such  representation  and  warranty  which  materially
adversely  affects the  interests  of the Trust in any  Contract  will create an
obligation of CITSF to purchase such Contract.  See "The Purchase Agreements and
Trust Documents--Sale and Assignment of the Contracts."

Other Limitations

     In  addition  to the laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other  statutory  provisions,  including  federal  bankruptcy  laws and
related state laws,  may  interfere  with or affect the ability of a creditor to
realize upon  collateral  or enforce a deficiency  judgment.  For example,  in a
Chapter 13 proceeding  under the federal  bankruptcy  law, a court may prevent a
creditor  from  repossessing  a  recreational  vehicle,  and,  as  part  of  the
rehabilitation plan, reduce 

                                      -74-

<PAGE>

the amount of the secured  indebtedness to the market value of the  recreational
vehicle at the time of  bankruptcy  (as  determined  by the court),  leaving the
party providing  financing as a general unsecured  creditor for the remainder of
the  indebtedness.  A bankruptcy  court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under the related  contract or change the rate of interest and time of repayment
of the indebtedness.

     Under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act, an obligor
who enters the military service after the origination of such obligor's Contract
(including  an Obligor  who is a member of the  National  Guard or is in reserve
status at the time of the  origination  of the  obligor's  Contract and is later
called to active  duty) may not be charged  interest  above an annual rate of 6%
during the period of such  obligor's  active duty status,  unless a court orders
otherwise upon application of the lender. In addition,  pursuant to the Military
Reservist Relief Act, under certain  circumstances,  California residents called
into active duty with the reserves can delay payments on retail installment sale
contracts,  including  the  Contracts,  for a period,  not to  exceed  180 days,
beginning with the order to active duty and ending 30 days after release.  It is
possible that the foregoing  could have an effect on the ability of the Servicer
to collect  full amounts of interest on certain of the  Contracts.  In addition,
the Relief  Acts  impose  limitations  which  would  impair  the  ability of the
Servicer to repossess an affected Contract during the obligor's period of active
duty status.  Thus, in the event that such a Contract  goes into default,  there
may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to realize upon the related
Financed Vehicle in a timely fashion.


                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     Set forth below is a summary of certain Federal income tax  consequences of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Securities, applicable to initial
purchasers of the Securities.  Schulte Roth & Zabel, counsel for the Trust is of
the  opinion  that the  discussion  hereunder  fully and  fairly  discloses  all
material  Federal  tax  risks  associated  with  the  purchase,   ownership  and
disposition of the Securities.

     This  summary  does not deal with all  aspects of Federal  income  taxation
applicable to all categories of holders of the Securities,  some of which may be
subject to special rules or special treatment under the Federal income tax laws.
For example,  it does not discuss the specific tax treatment of  Securityholders
that are insurance  companies,  banks and certain other financial  institutions,
regulated  investment  companies,  individual  retirement  accounts,  tax-exempt
organizations or dealers in securities.  Furthermore, this summary is based upon
present  provisions  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  (the
"Code"),  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,   and  judicial  or  ruling
authority,  all of which are subject to change, which change may be retroactive.
Moreover,  there are no cases or Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS")  rulings on
similar  transactions  involving a trust that  issues debt and equity  interests
with terms similar to those of the Notes and the Certificates.  As a result, the
IRS may disagree with all or part of the discussion below.

     Prospective  investors  are advised to consult  their own tax advisors with
regard to the Federal  income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Securities, as well as the tax consequences arising under the
laws of any state,  foreign  country or other  jurisdiction.  The Trust has been
provided  with an  opinion  of  Schulte  Roth & Zabel  regarding  certain of the
Federal income tax matters discussed below. An opinion of counsel,  however,  is
not binding on the IRS, and no ruling on any of the issues  discussed below will
be sought from the IRS.


                                      -75-

<PAGE>


Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes

     Tax  Characterization of the Notes and the Trust.  Schulte Roth & Zabel has
advised  the Trust  that,  based on the terms of the Notes and the  transactions
relating to the Contracts as set forth herein, the Notes will be treated as debt
for Federal income tax purposes.  However,  there is no specific  authority with
respect to the  characterization  for Federal  income tax purposes of securities
having the same terms as the Notes.

     Schulte Roth & Zabel is also of the opinion that,  based on the  applicable
provisions of the Trust Agreement and related documents,  for Federal income tax
purposes,  (i) the Trust will not be classified as an  association  taxable as a
corporation  and (ii)  the  Trust  will  not be  treated  as a  publicly  traded
partnership taxable as a corporation. However, there are no authorities directly
dealing with similar transactions.  If the IRS were to successfully characterize
the Trust as an  association  taxable as a  corporation  for Federal  income tax
purposes,  the  income  from the  Contracts  (reduced  by  deductions,  possibly
including  interest  on the Notes)  would be  subject  to Federal  income tax at
corporate  rates,  which could reduce the amounts  available to make payments on
the  Notes.  Likewise,  if the Trust were  subject  to state or local  income or
franchise  tax, the amount of cash  available to make payment on the Notes could
be reduced.

     If, contrary to the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel,  the IRS  successfully
asserted that the Notes were not debt for Federal income tax purposes, the Notes
might be treated as equity  interests  in the Trust.  If so, the Trust  might be
taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences  described above (and the
taxable  corporation  would not be able to deduct  interest on the  Notes).  The
remainder of this discussion  assumes that the Notes will be treated as debt and
that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation.

     Interest  Income on the  Notes.  The stated  interest  on the Notes will be
taxable  to a  Noteholder  as  ordinary  income  when  received  or  accrued  in
accordance with such Noteholder's  method of tax accounting.  Some or all of the
Notes may be issued with "original issue discount" within the meaning of Section
1273 of the  Code  ("OID").  The  amount  of OID on the  Notes  will  equal  the
difference  between the issue price and the principal amount of the Notes unless
the OID is less then a statutorily defined de minimus amount.

     OID will  accrue  to the  Noteholders  over the life of the  Notes,  taking
account of a  reasonable  prepayment  assumption,  based on a constant  yield to
maturity method, using semi-annual compounding, and properly adjusted for actual
prepayments on the Contracts.  The portion of OID that accrues during the time a
Noteholder   owns  the  Notes  (i)  constitutes   interest   includable  in  the
Noteholder's  gross income for federal  income tax purposes and (ii) is added to
the  Noteholder's  tax basis for  purposes  of  determining  gain or loss on the
maturity,  redemption,  prior sale, or other disposition of the Notes. Thus, the
effect of OID is to  increase  the  amount of  taxable  income  above the actual
interest payments during the life of the Notes.

     Sale or Other  Disposition.  If a Noteholder  sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the  difference  between the amount
realized  on the sale and the  holder's  adjusted  tax  basis in the  Note.  The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular  Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the Note,  increased by any OID,  market  discount and gain  previously
included by such  Noteholder in income with respect to the Note and decreased by
the  amount  of any bond  premium  previously  amortized  and by the  amount  of
principal payments  previously  received by such Noteholder with respect to such
Note.  Subject to the rules of the Code concerning market discount on the Notes,
any such  gain or loss  will be  capital  gain or loss if the Note was held as a
capital  asset.  Capital  losses  generally  may be  deducted  to the extent the
Noteholder has capital gains for the taxable year, and non-corporate Noteholders
can deduct a limited amount of such losses in excess of available capital gains.


                                      -76-

<PAGE>

     Foreign  Holders.  If interest  paid (or accrued) to a Noteholder  who is a
nonresident  alien,  foreign  corporation or other  non-United  States person (a
"foreign  person") is not  effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by the foreign person,  the interest generally
will be considered  "portfolio  interest,"  and generally will not be subject to
United States Federal income tax and withholding  tax, if the foreign person (i)
is not  actually  or  constructively  a "10  percent  shareholder"  of the Trust
(including a holder of 10% of the  outstanding  Certificates)  or the Affiliated
Purchaser nor a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to which the Trust
or the Affiliated Purchaser is a "related person" within the meaning of the Code
and (ii)  provides the person  otherwise  required to withhold  U.S. tax with an
appropriate  statement,  signed under penalties of perjury,  certifying that the
beneficial  owner of the Note is a foreign  person  and  providing  the  foreign
person's name and address. If the information provided in the statement changes,
the foreign person must so inform the person otherwise required to withhold U.S.
tax within 30 days of such change.  The statement  generally must be provided in
the year a payment occurs or in either of the two preceding  years. If a Note is
held through a  securities  clearing  organization  or certain  other  financial
institutions,  the organization or institution may provide a signed statement to
the  withholding  agent.  However,  in that case,  the signed  statement must be
accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the foreign person that
owns the Note. If such interest is not portfolio  interest,  then any payment of
such interest will be subject to United States Federal withholding tax at a rate
of 30%,  unless  reduced or  eliminated  pursuant  to an  applicable  income tax
treaty.

     Any capital  gain  realized on the sale,  redemption,  retirement  or other
taxable  disposition  of a Note by a foreign  person  will be exempt from United
States Federal  income and  withholding  tax,  provided that (i) the gain is not
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by the  foreign  person  and (ii) in the case of an  individual  foreign
person,  the foreign individual is not present in the United States for 183 days
or more in the taxable year or does not have a tax home in the United States.

     If the  interest,  gain or income  on a Note  held by a  foreign  person is
effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United
States  by  the  foreign  person  (although  exempt  from  the  withholding  tax
previously  discussed  if the holder  provides an  appropriate  statement),  the
holder  generally  will be subject to United  States  Federal  income tax on the
interest,  gain or income at regular Federal income tax rates.  In addition,  if
the  foreign  person is a foreign  corporation,  it may be  subject  to a branch
profits tax equal to 30% of its  "effectively  connected  earnings  and profits"
within the meaning of the Code for the  taxable  year,  as adjusted  for certain
items,  unless it  qualifies  for a lower  rate under an  applicable  income tax
treaty (as modified by the branch profits tax rules).

     Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The Trust will be required to
report  annually to the IRS,  and to each  Noteholder  of record,  the amount of
interest  paid on the Notes (and the amount of accrued OID, if any, and interest
withheld for Federal income taxes, if any) for each calendar year,  except as to
exempt   holders   (generally,   holders  that  are   corporations,   tax-exempt
organizations,   qualified  pension  and   profit-sharing   trusts,   individual
retirement accounts, or nonresident aliens who provide certification as to their
status as nonresidents). Accordingly, each holder (other than exempt holders who
are not  subject to the  reporting  requirements)  will be  required to provide,
under penalties of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct Federal taxpayer  identification  number and a statement that the holder
is not  subject to backup  withholding.  Should a nonexempt  Noteholder  fail to
provide the required  certification,  the Trust will be required to withhold 31%
of the amount otherwise payable to the holder,  and remit the withheld amount to
the IRS as a credit against the holder's Federal income tax liability.



                                      -77-

<PAGE>


Certain Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Certificates

     Tax  Characterization  of the  Trust.  The  Affiliated  Purchaser  and  the
Servicer have agreed, and the Certificateholders will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of Federal income
tax, with the assets of the partnership  being the assets held by the Trust, the
partners of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders  and the Notes being
debt of the partnership. However, the proper characterization of the arrangement
involving the Trust, the Certificates,  the Notes, the Affiliated Purchaser, and
the Servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions  closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.

     If the Trust were held to be an "association"  taxable as a corporation for
Federal  income tax  purposes,  rather  than a  partnership,  the Trust would be
subject to a corporate  level  income tax. Any such  corporate  income tax could
materially  reduce or eliminate cash that would otherwise be distributable  with
respect to the Certificates (and Certificateholders could be liable for any such
tax that is unpaid by the Trust). See also the discussion above under "--Certain
Federal Tax Consequences with Respect to the Notes--Tax  Characterization of the
Notes and the Trust." However, in the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel, the Trust
will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation because of the
nature  of  its  income  and  because  it  will  not  have  certain  "corporate"
characteristics necessary for a business trust to be an association taxable as a
corporation.

     Nonetheless,   because   of  the  lack  of  cases  or  rulings  on  similar
transactions,  a  variety  of  alternative  characterizations  are  possible  in
addition to the position to be taken by Certificateholders that the Certificates
represent  equity  interests  in  a  partnership.   For  example,   because  the
Certificates  have certain  features  characteristic  of debt, the  Certificates
might be  considered  debt of the Trust or of the Seller.  The remainder of this
summary  assumes  that  the   Certificates   represent  equity  interests  in  a
partnership that owns the Contracts.

     Partnership  Taxation.  As a partnership,  the Trust will not be subject to
Federal  income tax, but each  Certificateholder  will be required to separately
take into  account  such  holder's  allocated  share of income,  gains,  losses,
deductions and credits of the Trust.  The Trust's income will consist  primarily
of interest  accrued on the  Contracts  including  appropriate  adjustments  for
market discount (as discussed  below),  and any original issue discount and bond
premium),   investment  income  from  investments  in  the  Trust  Accounts  and
Certificate  Distribution Account and any gain upon collection or disposition of
the  Contracts.  The  Trust's  deductions  will  consist  primarily  of interest
accruing  with  respect  to the  Notes,  servicing  and other fees and losses or
deductions upon collection or disposition of the Contracts.

     The tax items of a partnership  are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code,  Treasury  regulations and the partnership  agreement  (here, the
Trust  Agreement and Related  Documents).  The Trust Agreement will provide that
the  Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable income of the Trust for each
Interest  Period equal to the sum of (i) the amount of interest  that accrues on
the Certificates for such Interest Period based on the Certificate Rate; (ii) an
amount  equivalent  to interest  that  accrues  during such  Interest  Period on
amounts  previously due on the Certificates  but not yet distributed;  and (iii)
any Trust income  attributable to discount on the Contracts that  corresponds to
any excess of the principal amount of the Certificates  over their initial issue
price.  All  remaining  taxable  income of the Trust  will be  allocated  to the
Affiliated  Purchaser.  It is believed that this  allocation will be valid under
applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS
would   not   require  a  greater   amount   of  income  to  be   allocated   to
Certificateholders.  Moreover, under the foregoing method of allocation, holders
may be  allocated  income  greater  than the amount of interest  accruing on the
Certificates  based on the Certificate  Rate or may be allocated  income greater
than the amount of cash distributed to them.


                                      -78-

<PAGE>


     An  individual  taxpayer  may  generally  deduct   miscellaneous   itemized
deductions  (which do not  include  interest  expenses)  only to the extent they
exceed two percent of the individual's  adjusted gross income. Those limitations
would apply to an individual  Certificateholder's share of expenses of the Trust
(including fees paid to the Servicer) and might result in such holder having net
taxable  income that  exceeds the amount of cash  actually  distributed  to such
holder over the life of the Trust. In addition,  Section 68 of the Code provides
that the amount of  certain  itemized  deductions  otherwise  allowable  for the
taxable  year  of  an  individual   whose   adjusted  gross  income  exceeds  an
inflation-adjusted  threshold amount specified in the Code ($114,700 for taxable
years  beginning in 1995,  in the case of a joint return) will be reduced by the
lesser of (i) 3% of the  excess of  adjusted  gross  income  over the  specified
threshold  amount or (ii) 80% of the  amount  of  itemized  deduction  otherwise
allowable for such taxable year.

     The Trust  intends  to make all tax  calculations  relating  to income  and
allocations  to  Certificateholders  on an aggregate  basis.  If the IRS were to
require that such calculations be made separately for each of the Contracts, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional  expense,  but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

     Market  Discount.  To the extent that the  Contracts  are  purchased by the
Trust for a price that is less than the  aggregate  stated  redemption  price at
maturity of the Contracts,  the Trust must account for "market  discount" on the
Contracts  pursuant to Section  1276 of the Code.  Any market  discount  will be
accounted for each of the Contracts on an individual  basis,  and the Trust will
make an election to calculate such market discount as it  economically  accrues.
Any income  resulting  from the accrual of market  discount will be allocated to
the Certificateholders as described above.

     Original Issue Discount and Bond Premium. It is believed that the Contracts
were not and will not be issued with OID or at a premium,  and,  therefore,  the
Trust should not have OID income or amortizable bond premium.

     Section 708 Termination.  Under Section 708 of the Code, a partnership will
be deemed to  terminate  for Federal  income tax  purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits  interests in the partnership are sold or exchanged within a
12-month  period.  If  such  a  termination  occurs,  the  partnership  will  be
considered to distribute  its assets to the partners,  who would then be treated
as  recontributing  those assets to a new partnership.  The Trust may not comply
with certain  technical  requirements  that might apply when such a constructive
termination  occurs.  As a result,  the  Trust may be  subject  to  certain  tax
penalties  and may incur  additional  expenses  if it is required to comply with
those  requirements.  Furthermore,  the Trust might not be able to comply due to
lack of data.

     Disposition  of  Certificates.  Generally,  capital  gain or  loss  will be
recognized  on a sale of a  Certificate  in an  amount  equal to the  difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificate  sold.
A  Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal his cost
increased  by his share of Trust income that is  includable  in his gross income
and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In
addition,  both the tax basis in the  Certificate  and the amount  realized on a
sale of a Certificate  would  include the holder's  share of the Notes and other
liabilities of the Trust. A holder  acquiring  Certificates at different  prices
may be  required  to  maintain  a single  aggregate  adjsuted  tax basis in such
Certificates  and, upon sale or other  disposition of some of the  Certificates,
allocate a pro rata portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold
(rather than  maintaining a separate tax basis in each  Certificate for purposes
of computing gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

     Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the Contracts would generally he treated
as ordinary  income to the holder and would give rise to special  tax  reporting


                                      -79-

<PAGE>


requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that would give
rise to such  special  reporting  requirements.  Thus,  to avoid  these  special
reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to include any such market discount
in income as it accrues.

     If a  Certificateholder  is required to recognize  an  aggregate  amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed  miscellaneous  itemized
deductions  described above) over the life of the Certificates  that exceeds the
aggregate cash  distributions  with respect thereto,  such excess will generally
give rise to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

     Allocations  Between  Transferor and  Transferee.  In general,  the Trust's
taxable  income and losses  will be  determined  monthly and the tax items for a
particular  calendar month will be apportioned among the  Certificateholders  in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect the tax liability and tax basis of the
holder) attributable to periods before the actual purchase takes place.

     The use of such a  monthly  convention  may not be  permitted  by  existing
regulations.  If a monthly  convention  is not allowed  (or is allowed  only for
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest),  taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the  Certificateholders.  The Affiliated
Purchaser  is  authorized  to revise the Trust's  method of  allocation  between
transferors  and  transferees  to  conform to a method  permitted  by any future
authority.

     Section  754  Election.  In the  event  that a  Certificateholder  sells  a
Certificate at a profit (or loss), the purchasing  Certificateholder will have a
higher (or lower) basis in the  Certificate  than the selling  Certificateholder
had.  The tax basis of the Trust's  assets will not be adjusted to reflect  that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust files an election  under Section 754 of
the  Code.  In order to avoid  the  administrative  complexities  that  would be
involved in keeping accurate  accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such an election. As
a result,  Certificateholders  might be allocated a greater or lesser  amount of
Trust income than would be  appropriate  based on their own  purchase  price for
Certificates.

     Administrative  Matters. The Servicer,  on behalf of the Trust, is required
to keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books
will be maintained for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis
and the taxable  year of the Trust will be the  calendar  year.  The  Affiliated
Purchaser  will file a partnership  information  return (IRS Form 1065) with the
IRS for each  taxable  year of the Trust and will report to holders  (and to the
IRS)  each  Certificateholder's  allocable  share of items of Trust  income  and
expense on Schedule K-l. The Trust will provide the Schedule K-l  information to
nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the information statement described
below and such  nominees  will be required to forward  such  information  to the
beneficial owners of the Certificates.  Generally, holders must file tax returns
that  are  consistent  with the  information  returns  filed by the  Trust or be
subject  to  penalties   unless  the  holder   notifies  the  IRS  of  all  such
inconsistencies.

     Under  Section 6031 of the Code,  any person that holds  Certificates  as a
nominee  on  behalf of  another  person at any time  during a  calendar  year is
required to furnish the Trust with a statement containing certain information on
the  nominee,   the  beneficial  owners  and  the  Certificates  so  held.  Such
information includes (i) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the  nominee  and (ii) as to each  beneficial  owner (x) the name,  address  and
taxpayer  identification  number of such  person,  (y) whether  such person is a
United  States  person,  a  tax-exempt  entity  or  a  foreign  government,   an
international  organization,  or any wholly owned agency or  instrumentality  of
either of the foregoing and (z) certain information concerning Certificates that
were held, acquired or transferred on behalf of such person 


                                      -80-

<PAGE>


throughout the year. In addition,  brokers and financial  institutions that hold
Certificates  through a nominee are  required  to furnish  directly to the Trust
information as to themselves  and their  ownership of  Certificates.  A clearing
agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act that holds  Certificates
as a nominee is not  required to furnish any such  information  statement to the
Trust. The information referred to above for any calendar year must be furnished
to the Trust on or before  the  following  January  31.  Nominees,  brokers  and
financial  institutions  that fail to  provide  the Trust  with the  information
described above may be subject to penalties. The Trust will provide the Schedule
K-1  information to nominees that fail to provide the Trust with the information
described  above and such nominees will be required to forward such  information
to the beneficial owners of the Certificates.

     The Affiliated Purchaser, as the "tax matters partner," will be responsible
for representing the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS with respect
to  partnership  items.  The Code provides for  administrative  examination of a
partnership  as if  the  partnership  were a  separate  and  distinct  taxpayer.
Generally,  the statute of  limitations  for  partnership  items does not expire
before three years after the date on which the partnership information return is
filed. Any adverse  determination  following an audit of the return of the Trust
by the  appropriate  taxing  authorities  could result in an  adjustment  of the
returns  of  the  Certificateholders,   and,  under  certain  circumstances,   a
Certificateholder  may  be  precluded  from  separately  litigating  a  proposed
adjustment  to the items of the Trust.  An  adjustment  could also  result in an
audit of a  Certificateholder's  returns and adjustments of items not related to
the income and losses of the Trust.

     Backup  Withholding.  Distributions  made on the  Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates  may be subject to a "backup"  withholding tax
of 31% if,  in  general,  the  Certificateholder  fails to comply  with  certain
identification  procedures,  unless  the  holder  is an exempt  recipient  under
applicable provisions of the Code.

Other Tax Consequences

     No  advice  has been  received  as to  local  income,  franchise,  personal
property, or other taxation an any state or locality, or as to the tax effect of
ownership  of the  Securities  in any  state or  locality.  Securityholders  are
advised to consult  their own tax  advisors  with  respect to any state or local
income,  franchise,  personal property, or other tax consequences arising out of
their ownership of the Securities.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

     Section 406 of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA"),  and  Section  4975 of the Code  prohibit a pension,  profit
sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as well as  individual  retirement
accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan"), from engaging
in certain  transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or  "disqualified  persons"  under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these  "prohibited  transaction"  rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

The Notes

     The acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Benefit Plan could
be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if the Seller, the Trust
or any of their  respective  affiliates  is or becomes a party in  interest or a
disqualified  person with respect to such Benefit Plan.  Certain exemptions from
the prohibited transaction rules could be applicable to the purchase and holding
of Notes by a Benefit Plan depending on the type and  circumstances  of the plan
fiduciary  making the  decision  to acquire  such  Notes.  Included  among these
exemptions are: Prohibited 

                                      -81-

<PAGE>


Transaction Class Exemption  ("PTCE") 90-1,  regarding  investments by insurance
company  pooled  separate  accounts;  PTCE 91-38  regarding  investments by bank
collective investment funds; and PTCE 84-14,  regarding transactions effected by
"qualified professional asset managers."

The Certificates

     The  Certificates  may not be acquired by (a) an employee  benefit plan (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the  provisions  of Title I
of ERISA,  (b) a plan  described in Section  4975(e)(1)  of the Code, or (c) any
entity  whose  underlying  assets  include  plan  assets  by  reason of a plan's
investment  in  the  entity.   By  its   acceptance  of  a   Certificate,   each
Certificateholder  will be deemed to have  represented  and warranted that it is
not subject to the foregoing limitation.

     A plan fiduciary  considering the purchase of the Securities should consult
its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the Trust would be
considered plan assets,  the possibility of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and other issues and their potential consequences.


                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement") among CIT, CITSF, the Company and CS First Boston
Corporation and _________________________ (the "Underwriters"),  the Company has
agreed  to sell  to the  Underwriters,  and  the  Underwriters  have  agreed  to
purchase,  the respective principal amount of the Notes and Certificates offered
hereby, as set forth opposite their respective names below:

                                     Principal Amount        Principal Amount
                                     of Certificates            of Notes

CS First Boston Corporation         $                       $
________________________.           $                       $
                                     ==============          ==============    
Total                               $                       $
                                     ==============          ==============

     The   Underwriting   Agreement   provides  that  the   obligations  of  the
Underwriters  are  subject  to  certain   conditions   precedent  and  that  the
Underwriters will be obligated to purchase all such Notes or Certificates if any
are purchased.

     The  Company has been  advised by the  Underwriters  that the  Underwriters
propose  initially  to offer  the Notes and  Certificates  to the  public at the
prices set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at
such prices less a concession not in excess of _____% of the Note  denominations
and not in excess of ____% of the Certificate  denominations.  The  Underwriters
may allow and such  dealers may reallow a  concession  not in excess of ____% of
the  Note   denominations  and  not  in  excess  of  ____%  of  the  Certificate
denominations to certain other dealers.  After the initial public offering,  the
public offering price and such concessions may be changed.


     The Securities have no established  trading market.  The Underwriters  have
advised the Company that they intend to act as market makers for the Securities.
However,  the  Underwriters  are not obligated to do so and may  discontinue any
market  making at any time without  notice.  No assurance can be given as to the
liquidity of the trading market for the Securities.

     CIT  and  CITSF  have  jointly  and  severally   agreed  to  indemnify  the
Underwriters against certain liabilities,  including civil liabilities under the
Securities Act 
                                                   

                                      -82-

<PAGE>

 
of 1933, as amended,  or other  applicable  securities laws, or to contribute to
payments which the Underwriter may be required to make in respect thereof.

                             FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The Company has determined  that its financial  statements are not material
to the offering made hereby.

     The Trust has been formed to own the  Contracts  and the other Trust assets
and to issue the Notes and Certificates.  The Trust had no assets or obligations
prior to the issuance of the Notes and  Certificates  and will not engage in any
activities  other  than  those  described  herein.   Accordingly,  no  financial
statements with respect to the Trust are included in this Prospectus.

                                   RATINGS

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities  that the Class A Notes
be rated ___ by Moody's  and ___ by  Standard & Poor's and the  Certificates  be
rated ___ by Moody's  and ___ by  Standard & Poor's.  The ratings of the Class A
Notes  will be based  primarily  on the  value  of the  Initial  Contracts,  the
Pre-Funding  Account,  the terms of the  Securities  and the Reserve  Fund.  The
ratings of the  Certificates  will be based  primarily on the Limited  Guarantee
provided by CIT. The foregoing  ratings do not address the  likelihood  that the
Securities will be retired following the sale of the Contracts by the Trustee. A
security rating is not a recommendation  to buy, sell or hold securities and may
be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.
The  security  ratings  of  the  Notes  and  Certificates  should  be  evaluated
independently of similar security ratings assigned to other kinds of securities.


                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth &
Zabel,  New York,  New York,  and for the  Underwriters  by  Stroock & Stroock &
Lavan,  New York, New York. The material  federal income tax consequences of the
Certificates will be passed upon for the Company by Schulte Roth & Zabel.


                                    EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements  listed under the heading  "Exhibits,  Financial
Statement  Schedule  and Reports on Form 8-K" in the  Corporation's  1994 Annual
Report on Form 10-K  incorporated by reference herein have been  incorporated by
reference  herein  in  reliance  upon the  reports  of KPMG  Peat  Marwick  LLP,
independent certified public accountants,  incorporated by reference herein, and
upon the  authority  of said firm as experts in  accounting  and  auditing.  The
report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP  covering  the  December  31, 1994  consolidated
financial  statements  refers  to a  change  in the  method  of  accounting  for
post-retirement benefits other than pensions in 1993.




                                      -83-

<PAGE>



                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS

Affiliated Purchaser....................................................
Asset Service Center....................................................
Auction Sale............................................................
Bankruptcy Code.........................................................
Business Day............................................................
Cede....................................................................
Certificate Distribution Account........................................
Certificate Final Scheduled Distribution Date...........................
Certificate Interest Distribution Amount................................
Certificate Owner.......................................................
Certificate Pool Balance................................................
Certificate Pool Factor.................................................
Certificate Principal Distribution Amount...............................
Certificates............................................................
CIT.....................................................................
CITSF...................................................................
Class A Final Scheduled Distribution Date...............................
Class A Interest Distribution Amount....................................
Class A Notes...........................................................
Class A Principal Distribution Amount...................................
Class A Rate............................................................
Closing Date............................................................
Code....................................................................
Collection Account......................................................
Company.................................................................
Contracts...............................................................
Dealers.................................................................
Definitive Certificates.................................................
Definitive Notes........................................................
Definitive Securities...................................................
Depository..............................................................
Determination Date......................................................
Distribution Date.......................................................
DTC.....................................................................
DTC Rules...............................................................
Due Period..............................................................
Eligible Investments....................................................
ERISA...................................................................
Events of Default.......................................................
Excess Amount...........................................................
Final Scheduled Distribution Date.......................................
Financed Vehicles.......................................................
FTC Rule................................................................
Funding Period..........................................................
Guarantee Payment.......................................................
Holder Securityholder...................................................
Indenture...............................................................
Indenture Trustee.......................................................
Indirect Participants...................................................
Initial Contracts.......................................................
Initial Cut-off Date....................................................
Initial Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance.............................
Initial Financed Vehicles...............................................
Insolvency Event........................................................
Insolvency Laws.........................................................
Interest Accrual Period.................................................
Interest Shortfall......................................................
IRS.....................................................................
Issuer..................................................................
Late Fees...............................................................

                                      -84-

<PAGE>


Limited Guarantee.......................................................
Mandatory Prepayment....................................................
Military Reservist Relief Act...........................................
Monthly Advance.........................................................
Moody's.................................................................
Non-Reimbursable Payment................................................
Note Owner..............................................................
Note Distribution Account...............................................
Note Pool Factor........................................................
Note Pool Balance.......................................................
Notes...................................................................
Obligor.................................................................
OID.....................................................................
Optional Purchase.......................................................
Owner Trustee...........................................................
Participants............................................................
Pass-Through Rate.......................................................
Pool Balance............................................................
Pre-Funded Amount.......................................................
prepayments.............................................................
Purchase Agreement......................................................
Purchase Price..........................................................
Rating Agencies.........................................................
Rating Event............................................................
Record Date.............................................................
Related Documents.......................................................
Relief Act Obligor......................................................
Required Servicer Ratings...............................................
Reserve Fund............................................................
Reserve Fund Initial Deposit............................................
Reserve Fund Shortfall..................................................
Sale and Servicing Agreement............................................
Schedule of Contracts...................................................
Securities..............................................................
Servicer................................................................
Servicer Default........................................................
Servicer Letter of Credit...............................................
Servicer Payment........................................................
Servicing Fee Rate......................................................
Servicing Fee...........................................................
Simple Interest Contract................................................
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act.................................
Specified Reserve Fund Balance..........................................
Standard & Poor's.......................................................
Subsequent Contracts....................................................
Subsequent Cut-off Date.................................................
Subsequent Financed Vehicles............................................
Subsequent Transfer Agreement...........................................
Subsequent Transfer Date................................................
Trust...................................................................
Trust Agreement.........................................................
UCC.....................................................................
Underwriters............................................................
Underwriting Agreement..................................................


                                      -85-

<PAGE>



                                    GLOSSARY

     There follows abbreviated  definitions of certain capitalized terms used in
this  Prospectus.  Reference  is also made to the Index of  Defined  Terms.  The
Purchase  Agreements and Trust Documents may contain a more complete  definition
of  certain of the terms  defined  herein  and  reference  should be made to the
Purchase  Agreements and Trust  Documents for a more complete  definition of all
such terms.

     "Affiliated Purchaser" means ___________________.

     "Asset  Service  Center" means  CITSF's asset service  facility in Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma.

     "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of United States Code, 11 U.S.C.ss. 101 et
seq.

     "Business  Day" means any day other than a  Saturday,  Sunday or any day on
which  banking  institutions  or  trust  companies  in the  city of New  York or
___________ are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

     "Certificates"  means the __% Asset Backed Certificates issued by the Trust
pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

     "CIT" means The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.

     "CITSF" means The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc.

     "Class A Notes"  means the Class A ___% Asset  Backed  Notes  issued by the
Trust pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

     "Class A Rate" means ___% per annum.

     "Closing Date" means ________, 1995.

     "Code"  means  the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  and any
regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Company" means The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II.

     "Contract Pool" means the pool of  recreational  vehicle  installment  sale
contracts transferred by the Company to the Trust.

     "Contracts" means the recreational vehicle installment sale contracts which
constitute the corpus of the Trust.

     "Distribution  Date" means the  fifteenth day of each month or, if any such
day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, commencing [July
17, 1995].

     "Due Period", (other than the first Due Period) means the period commencing
with the  first  day of the month  (or,  if the last day of such  month is not a
Business Day, the day following the first  preceding  Business Day) in the month
preceding the month in which such  Distribution  Date occurs and will end on the
last day of the month.  The first Due Period will  commence on and include [June
1, 1995] and will end on and include [June 30, 1995].

     "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as
amended.

     "Financed Vehicles" means recreational vehicles which secure a Contract.


                                      -86-

<PAGE>



     "Indenture" means the Indenture,  to be dated as of [June 1, 1995], between
the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee

     "Indenture Trustee" means ______________________.

     "Initial Cut-off Date" means ______________, 1995.

     "Interest Accrual Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
period for which interest  payable on such  Distribution  Date on the Securities
accrues,  which shall be the period from the most  recent  Distribution  Date on
which interest has been paid to but excluding the following  Distribution  Date,
or in the case of the initial  Distribution  Date,  from the Closing Date to but
excluding the initial Distribution Date.

     "Issuer"  means  the  CIT RV  Owner  Trust  1995-A  created  by  the  Trust
Agreement.

     "Monthly  Advance"  means an advance  made by the  Servicer in respect of a
Contract on any Distribution Date pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     "Obligor"  means each  person who is  indebted  under a Contract or who has
acquired a recreational vehicle subject to a Contract.

     "Owner Trustee" means _________________.

     "Pass-Through Rate" means ___% per annum.

     "Pool Balance" means the aggregate principal balance of the Contracts.

     "Purchase  Agreement" means the Purchase  Agreement to be dated as of [June
1, 1995], between CITSF and the Company.

     "Servicer"  means  CITSF in its  capacity  as  servicer  under the Sale and
Servicing  Agreement,  and any  permitted  successor  thereto under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

     "Servicing  Fee" means the amount  payable to the Servicer as  compensation
for acting as Servicer.

     "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Corporation.

     "Trust" means the CIT RV Owner Trust 1995-A created by the Trust Agreement.

     "Trust  Agreement"  means the Trust  Agreement,  to be dated as of [June 1,
1995], between the Seller and the Owner Trustee

     "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code.

     "Underwriters" means _______________ and ____________________.



                                      -87-

<PAGE>

================================================================================


     No dealer,  salesperson or other individual has been authorized to give any
information or to make any  representations  other than those  contained in this
Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or  representations  must not
be relied upon as having been  authorized  by the  Company,  the Servicer or the
Underwriter.  This  Prospectus  does  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation  of an offer to buy any of the  securities  offered  hereby  in any
jurisdiction  to any  person  to  whom it is  unlawful  to make  such  offer  or
solicitation.





                              -------------------


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page
                                                                     ----
Available Information....................................
Reports to Securityholders...............................
Documents Incorporated by Reference......................
Summary..................................................
Special Considerations...................................
Structure of the Transaction.............................
The Trust Property.......................................
The Contract Pool........................................
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations...................
Yield Considerations.....................................
Pool Factors.............................................
Use of Proceeds..........................................
The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II, Seller......
The CIT Group/Sales Financing, Inc., Servicer............
The Notes................................................
The Certificates.........................................
Certain Information Regarding the Securities.............
The Purchase Agreements and the Trust Documents..........
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts...................
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences..................
ERISA Considerations.....................................
Underwriting.............................................
Financial Information....................................
Ratings..................................................
Legal Matters............................................
Index of Principal Terms.................................
Glossary.................................................



                                ----------------



     Until  ______________________,  1995, all dealers effecting transactions in
the  Securities,  whether  or not  participating  in this  distribution,  may be
required  to deliver a  Prospectus.  This is in addition  to the  obligation  of
dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters  and with respect to
their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================



================================================================================



                                     CIT RV
                               Owner Trust 1995-A




                             $
                              ---------------------





                       Class A _____% Asset Backed Notes
                        _____% Asset Backed Certificates




                          THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION
                                 CORPORATION II
                                     Seller





                              THE CIT GROUP/SALES
                                FINANCING, INC.
                                    Servicer








                                ----------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                                ----------------




                                CS First Boston


                           -------------------------



================================================================================



<PAGE>


                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The following is an itemized list of the estimated  expenses to be incurred
in connection with the offering of the securities being offered  hereunder other
than underwriting discounts and commissions.

 SEC registration fee.............................................      $
 Attorney's fees and expenses.....................................         *
 Accounting fees and expenses.....................................         *
 Blue sky fees and expenses.......................................         *
 Rating agency fees...............................................         *
 Trustee's fees and expenses......................................         *
 Printing expenses................................................         *
 Miscellaneous fees and expenses..................................         *
                                                                        -----
    Total.........................................................      $  *
                                                                        =====
- ------------------

*  To be completed by amendment.


Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     Subsection  (a) of Section 145 of the General  Corporation  Law of Delaware
empowers  a  corporation  to  indemnify  any  person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened,  pending,  or completed action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  or investigative
(other  than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the
fact  that  he  is or  was a  director,  officer,  employee,  or  agent  of  the
corporation  or is or  was  serving  at the  request  of  the  corporation  as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture,  trust, or other  enterprise,  against expenses  (including  attorneys'
fees), judgments,  fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such action,  suit, or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation,  and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     Subsection  (b) of Section 145  empowers a  corporation  to  indemnify  any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending,  or  completed  action  or suit by or in the  right of the
corporation  to procure a judgment  in its favor by reason of the fact that such
person  acted  in  any of the  capacities  set  forth  above,  against  expenses
(including   attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him  in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation except that no indemnification  may be made in
respect of any claim,  issue,  or matter as to which such person shall have been
adjudged to be liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery  or the court in which such  action or suit was brought  shall
determine  that despite the  adjudication  of  liability  but in view of all the
circumstances  of the case,  such  person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

     Section  145  further  provides  that to the  extent a  director,  officer,
employee,  or agent of a corporation  has been  successful in the defense of any
action,  suit, or proceeding  referred to in  subsections  (a) 

                                      II-1

<PAGE>


and (b) or in the defense of any claim,  issue, or matter  therein,  he shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection  therewith;  that indemnification  provided for by
Section  145  shall  not be deemed  exclusive  of any other  rights to which the
indemnified party may be entitled;  and empowers the corporation to purchase and
maintain  insurance on behalf of any person acting in any of the  capacities set
forth in the second preceding  paragraph against any liability  asserted against
him or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such
whether or not the  corporation  would have the power to  indemnify  him against
such liabilities under Section 145.

     The Company's By-Laws provide for indemnification of directors and officers
of the Company to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.

     Article X of the By-laws of CIT provides,  in effect,  that, in addition to
any rights  afforded to an  officer,  director or employee of CIT by contract or
operation  of law,  CIT  may  indemnify  any  person  who is or was a  director,
officer,  employee, or agent of CIT, or of any other corporation which he served
at the request of CIT,  against any and all  liability  and  reasonable  expense
incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or
proceeding  (whether brought by or in the right of CIT or such other corporation
or otherwise),  civil or criminal,  in which he may have become  involved,  as a
party or  otherwise,  by  reason of his  being or  having  been  such  director,
officer, employee, or agent of CIT or such other corporation,  whether or not he
continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred, provided
that such person  acted in good faith and in what he  reasonably  believed to be
the best interests of CIT or such other corporation, and, in connection with any
criminal action  proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful.

     Article  X  further  provides  that any  person  who is or was a  director,
officer,  employee,  or  agent of CIT or any  direct  or  indirect  wholly-owned
subsidiary of CIT shall be entitled to  indemnification  as a matter of right if
he has been wholly successful,  on the merits or otherwise,  with respect to any
claim,  action,  suit,  or  proceeding  of the type  described in the  foregoing
paragraph.

     In  addition,   the   Registrants   maintain   directors'   and   officers'
reimbursement  and liability  insurance  pursuant to standard form policies with
aggregate  limits of  $65,000,000.  The risks  covered by such  policies  do not
exclude liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

     Pursuant  to the form of  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  will
agree,  subject to certain  conditions,  to  indemnify  the  Registrants,  their
directors,  certain of their  officers  and persons who control the  Registrants
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 against certain liabilities.

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     During  June  1994,  The  CIT  Group  Securitization  Corporation  II  (the
"Company") issued 200 shares of its Common Stock, no par value per share, to The
CIT Group Holdings,  Inc.  ("CIT").  No underwriters were involved in connection
with such issuance,  which was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

     Listed  below are all other  unregistered  securities  sold by the  Company
since its formation.  These Certificates were distributed by the placement agent
listed below and privately  placed by such  placement  agent with  institutional
investors  in  transactions  exempt  from  the  registration  provisions  of the
Securities Act.


                                      II-2

<PAGE>

                                      Principal Amount           Placement
Series           Issue Date            of Certificates             Agent
- ------           ----------           ----------------           ----------
1994-1         July 14, 1994        $42,033,000 (Class A)    Goldman Sachs & Co.
                                         (Approximate)



Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

      a.  Exhibits:

                 1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement
                 3.1       Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of The CIT
                             Group Securitization Corporation II
                 3.2       Bylaws of The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II
                 4.1*      Form of Indenture between the Trust and the Indenture
                             Trustee
                 4.2*      Form of Trust Agreement between the Company and the 
                             Owner Trustee
                 4.3*      Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement between the
                             Company,  CITSF and the Owner Trustee
                 5.1*      Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel with respect to 
                             legality 
                 8.1*      Opinion of Schulte  Roth & Zabel with  respect to tax
                             matters
                10.1*      Form of Purchase Agreement
                10.2*      Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement
                23.1*      Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel
                23.2       Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                24.1       Powers of  Attorney  of The CIT Group  Securitization
                             Corporation  II  (included  on page  II-5) 
                24.2       Powers of Attorney  of The CIT Group Holdings,  Inc.
                25.1*      Form T-1 Statement of  Eligibility  under the Trust
                             Indenture Act of 1939 of the Indenture Trustee 
                             (bound separately)

- -------------------

*  To be filed by amendment.

      b.  Financial Statement Schedules:

          Not applicable.

Item 17.   Undertakings.

     The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake as follows:

          (a) To provide to the Underwriter at the closing date specified in the
     Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
     such names as required by the  Underwriter  to provide  prompt  delivery to
     each purchaser.

          (b)  Insofar as  indemnification  for  liabilities  arising  under the
     Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors,  officers
     and  controlling  persons  of the  Registrants  pursuant  to the  foregoing
     provisions,  or otherwise,  the  Registrants  have been advised that in the
     opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is
     against   public   policy  as   expressed  in  the  Act  and  is  therefore
     unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification  against such
     liabilities  (other than payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or
     paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of such  Registrants in
     the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or proceeding) is asserted by
     such  director,  officer  or  controlling  person  in  connection  with the
     securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
     its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling 

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

     precedent,  submit  to a court of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question
     whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (c) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
     statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (d) For purposes of  determining  any  liability  under the Act,  each
     post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
     to be a new  registration  statement  relating  to the  securities  offered
     therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to
     be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (e) For purposes of determining  any liability  under  Securities Act,
     each filing of CIT's  annual  report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section
     15(d)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  that is  incorporated  by
     reference  in  the  registration  statement  shall  be  deemed  to be a new
     registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
     offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
     bonafide offering thereof.

          (f)  The  undersigned   Registrants   hereby   undertake  to  file  an
     application  for the purpose of determining  the eligibility of the trustee
     to act under  subsection  (a) of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture Act in
     accordance  with the rules and  regulations  prescribed  by the  Commission
     under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.

                                      II-4

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this  Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Livingston, State of New
Jersey, on May 10, 1995.

                             THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II


                             By: /S/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.
                                -------------------------------
                                 Name:   James J. Egan, Jr.
                                 Title:  President


                            *By: /S/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.
                                -------------------------------
                                 Name:   James J. Egan, Jr.
                                 Title:  Attorney-in-Fact


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     Each person whose signature to this  Registration  Statement  appears below
hereby  constitutes  and appoints James J. Egan, Jr., Joseph M. Leone and Norman
H. Rosen, or any of them (with the full power of each of them to act alone),  as
his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,
to sign on his  behalf  individually  and in the  capacity  stated  below and to
perform  any acts  necessary  to be done in order  to file  all  amendments  and
post-effective  amendments  to  this  Registration  Statement,  and  any and all
instruments  or  documents   filed  as  part  of  or  in  connection  with  this
Registration  Statement or the amendments  thereto,  and each of the undersigned
does hereby ratify and confirm all that said  attorney-in-fact and agent, or his
substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Signature                                        Title                                    Date
         ---------                                        -----                                    ----
<S>                                     <C>                                                    <C> 
/S/ JAMES J. EGAN, JR.
- -------------------------               President and Director                                 May 10, 1995
    James J. Egan, Jr.


/S/ JOSEPH M. LEONE                     Executive Vice President and Director                  May 10, 1995
- ------------------------                                                                                     
    Joseph M. Leone
 

/S/  EDWARD A. FARLEY                    Vice President and Director                           May 10, 1995
- -------------------------                                                                                
     Edward A. Farley

/S/  ROBIN H. GORDON
- -------------------------                Vice President, Treasurer and Controller              May 10, 1995
     Robin H. Gordon                    (principal financial and accounting officer)
</TABLE>
 

Original powers of attorney  authorizing James J. Egan, Jr., Joseph M. Leone and
Norman  H.  Rosen  and  each  of them to sign  the  Registration  Statement  and
amendments  thereto on behalf of the  directors  and officers of the  Registrant
indicated  above  are held by the  Corporation  and  available  for  examination
pursuant to Item 302(b) of Registration S-T.


                                      II-5

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this amendment to
the  Registration  Statement  to be  signed on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in The City of New York and State of New York, on May
10, 1995.

                                             THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.


                                             By: /S/ ERNEST D. STEIN
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Ernest D. Stein
                                                 Executive Vice President, 
                                                 General Counsel and Secretary
                                                       

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Signature and Title                                                                                Date
                     -------------------                                                                                ----
      <S>                                                  <C>                                                     <C>
                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                    Albert R. Gamper, Jr.
      President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
                (principal executive officer)

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                       Hisao Kobayashi
                          Director

                             *                             *By  /S/ ERNEST D. STEIN
       ------------------------------------------------         --------------------------                         May  10, 1995
                       Michio Murata                                Ernest D. Stein
                          Director                                  Attorney-in-fact

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                     Joseph A. Pollicino
                          Director

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------                                                            
                        Paul N. Roth
                          Director

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                       Hideo Kitahara
                          Director

</TABLE>

                                      II-6

<PAGE>



                      Signature and Title                               Date
                      -------------------                               ----


                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                        Peter J. Tobin
                          Director

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                        Toshiji Tokiwa
                           Director

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                            Keiji Torii
                              Director

                             *
      ------------------------------------------------
                      William H. Turner
                           Director

                    /S/ JOSEPH J. CARROLL
      ------------------------------------------------             May 10, 1995
                        Joseph J. Carroll
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
            (principal financial and accounting officer)


     Original powers of attorney  authorizing  Albert R. Gamper,  Jr., Ernest D.
Stein, and Donald J. Rapson and each of them to sign the Registration  Statement
and amendments thereto on behalf of the directors and officers of the Registrant
indicated  above are held by The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc.  and  available  for
examination pursuant to Item 302(b) of Regulation S-T.


                                      II-7






                                 Exhibit 3(i).1

                Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of The
                    CIT Group Securitization Corporation II


<PAGE>






                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II


     FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation").

     SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the corporation in the
State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of the registered agent at that
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is limited to: (a) issuing and
selling one or more series of bonds, pass-through certificates or other
securities secured primarily by mortgages, deeds of trust, manufactured housing,
recreational vehicle or marine retail installment contracts or any other type of
loan agreements (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the
"Contracts"), investing in certain Contracts to be purchased with the proceeds
of bonds, pass-through certificates or other securities secured by Contracts and
taking certain other action with respect thereto, (b) selling interests in
Contracts, evidencing such interests with bonds, pass-through certificates or
other securities secured by the Contracts, using the proceeds of the sale of
such bonds, pass-through certificates or other securities secured by the
Contracts, to acquire Contracts, retaining or acquiring an interest (including a
subordinated interest) in Contracts acquired and sold, and taking certain other
action with respect thereto, and (c) acting as settlor or depositor of trusts or
other entities formed to issue bonds, pass-through certificates or other
securities secured by Contracts and investing in or selling beneficial interests
in the same. The Corporation is not otherwise authorized to trade or deal in
securities, or engage in any other activity other than (a) issuing and selling
bonds, pass-through certificates or other securities under an indenture, trust
agreement, pooling and servicing agreement or other agreement, (b) acting as
settlor or depositor of a trust or other entity formed to issue and sell bonds,
pass-through certificates or other securities and investing in or selling
beneficial interests in the same, (c) acquiring, owning, holding and pledging or
selling interests in Contracts, (d) investing cash balances on an interim basis
in certain short-term investments and (e) engaging in activities incidental to
and necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

     FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall
have authority to issue is 200 shares of no par Common Stock.

     FIFTH:

     (1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.

     (2) In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred upon the
directors by law, the directors shall, with the approval of 100% of the
directors (including the Independent Director, or if there is more than one, all
of the Independent Directors), have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and
repeal from time to time by-laws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the
stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to alter and repeal by-laws
made by the directors.


<PAGE>


     (3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to
time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation.
Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so
provide. At least one director (the Independent Director, or if there is more
than one, all of the Independent Directors) and one executive officer of the
Corporation (who may be the same person) will not be a director, officer or
employee of any direct or ultimate parent of the Corporation or of any direct or
indirect subsidiary of such parent.

     (4) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute
expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise
all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by
the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "GCL"), this Certificate of
Incorporation and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however,
that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior
act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been
adopted. The Corporation's board of directors will duly authorize all of the
Corporation's actions.

     (5) The Corporation's assets will not be commingled with those of any
direct or ultimate parent of the Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate
thereof.

     (6) The Corporation will maintain separate corporate records and books of
account from those of any direct or ultimate Parent of the Corporation or any
subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

     (7) The Corporation will maintain and conduct its business from an office
separate from that of any direct or ultimate parent, or affiliate, of the
Corporation or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof.

     SIXTH:  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of
Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept
(subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at
such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

     SEVENTH:  The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time
to time under the law of the State of Delaware, indemnify and upon request shall
advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made
a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or
claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of
the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of
this corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request
of this corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent
of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses
(including attorney's fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and
amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with the investigation,
preparation to defend or defense of such action, suit, proceeding or claim;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Corporation to
indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit,
proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person. Such
indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising
under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such
person. Any

                                       2

<PAGE>



person  seeking  indemnification  under this Article  SEVENTH shall be deemed to
have met the standard of conduct  required for such  indemnification  unless the
contrary  shall be  established.  Any repeal or  modification  of the  foregoing
provisions  of this  Article  SEVENTH  shall not  adversely  affect any right or
protection of a director or officer of the Corporation  with respect to any acts
or  omissions  of such  director  or officer  occurring  prior to such repeal or
modification.

     EIGHTH:  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any 
of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not
in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or
modification of this Article NINTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall
not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or
omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

     NINTH:  The Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote of one
hundred percent (100%) of the directors (including the Independent Director, or
if there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors), institute
proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or consent to the
institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it; or file a
petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief under any applicable
federal or state law relating to bankruptcy; or consent to the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar
official) of this corporation or a substantial part of its property; or make any
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or admit in writing its inability to
pay its debts generally as they become due; or take any corporate action in
furtherance of any such action.

     TENTH:  For so long as the Corporation is able to pay its debts generally 
as they become due, the Corporation shall not institute proceedings to be
adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; or consent to the institution of bankruptcy
or insolvency proceedings against it; or file a petition seeking, or consent to,
reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to
bankruptcy; or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the corporation or of a
substantial part of its property; or make any assignment for the benefit of
creditors; or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due; or take any corporate action in furtherance of any such action.

     ELEVENTH:  The Corporation will not issue any securities (other than common
or preferred stock of the Corporation), nor will it act as settlor or depositor
of any trust or other entity which issues securities of any securities, if
either such action would result in the downgrading by any nationally recognized
statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 or any successor Rule) of any outstanding securities of
either the Corporation or any trust or other entity of which the Corporation is
the settlor or depositor, which securities are then rated by such nationally
recognized statistical rating organization.


                                       3

<PAGE>


     TWELFTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the
manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon
stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation, provided that, none
of Article FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH or ELEVENTH shall be amended without the
affirmative vote of all the directors, including the Independent Director, or if
there is more than one, all of the Independent Directors.

     THIRTEENTH:  Martin I. Fineberg is the Sole Incorporator and his mailing
address is c/o Schulte Roth & Zabel, 900 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.


Dated:  June 24, 1994

                         /s/ MARTIN I. FINEBERG
                         ------------------------
                             Martin I. Fineberg
                             c/o Schulte Roth & Zabel
                             900 Third Avenue
                             New York, New York  10022



                                       4

<PAGE>




                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                            -----------------------


     THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II,                a corporation  
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

          FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the
     unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the
     board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the certain
     amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation. The
     resolutions setting forth the proposed amendments are as follows:

          RESOLVED,  that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
     Securitization Corporation II be amended by changing the ELEVENTH Article
     thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and shall read in its
     entirety as follows:

          "ELEVENTH:  The Corporation will not issue any securities (other than
          common stock of the Corporation), nor will it act as settlor or
          depositor of any trust or other entity which issues securities of any
          securities, if either such action would result in the downgrading by
          any nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined
          in Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any
          successor Rule) of any outstanding securities of either the
          Corporation or any trust or other entity of which the Corporation is
          the settlor or depositor (an "NRSO"), which securities are then rated
          by such nationally recognized statistical rating organization."


                                       5

<PAGE>



          RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
     Securitization Corporation II be amended and changing the TWELFTH Article
     thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall read in its entirety and
     shall be as follows:

          "TWELFTH:  In the event Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.'s 
          (hereinafter referred to as "Moody's") rating of the long-term debt 
          of The CIT Group Holding's, Inc. falls below A-2, one additional 
          Independent Director shall be elected to the Board of Directors of the
          Corporation."

          RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of The CIT Group
     Securitization Corporation II be amended by adding in its entirety the
     following Article THIRTEENTH and shall read in its entirety and shall be as
     follows:

          "THIRTEENTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter,
          change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of
          Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute,
          and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject
          to this reservation, provided that, none of Articles THIRD, FIFTH,
          EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH, ELEVENTH or TWELFTH shall be amended without the
          affirmative vote of all the directors, including the Independent
          Director, or if there is more than one, all of the Independent
          Directors. The Corporation shall provide notice to each NRSO of any
          amendment to any of Articles THIRD, FIFTH, EIGHTH, NINTH, TENTH,
          ELEVENTH or TWELFTH within a reasonable period of time after the
          adoption of such amendment."


          SECOND:  That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of
     Directors, the sole shareholder of said corporation, did consent in lieu of
     an annual meeting, to the Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation
     adopted by the Board of Directors, in accordance with the applicable
     provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
     Delaware.

          THIRD:  That the aforesaid Amendment was duly adopted in accordance
     with the applicable provisions of Sections 141(f), 228 and 242 of the
     General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


                                       6

<PAGE>



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF said THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II has
caused this Certificate to be signed by Joesph Leone, its Executive Vice
President, and attested by Norman H. Rosen, its Secretary, this 15th day of
February, 1995.

                    THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II

                    By  /s/ JOSEPH M. LEONE
                        ---------------------
                            Joseph M. Leone
                            Executive Vice President


ATTEST:
By  /s/ NORMAN H. ROSEN
    ---------------------
        Norman H. Rosen
        Secretary


                                       7





                                Exhibit 3(ii).1

             Bylaws of The CIT Group Securitization Corporation II

                                      

<PAGE>



                                    BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                  THE CIT GROUP SECURITIZATION CORPORATION II
                     (hereinafter called the "Corporation")

                                   ARTICLE I

                                    OFFICES

     Section 1.  Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation
shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     Section 2.  Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such
other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     Section 1.  Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the 
election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and
place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated
from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the
meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

     Section 2.  Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be
held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by
the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which
meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors,
and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the
meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not
less than ten, nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

     Section 3.  Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose
or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii)
the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or
(v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such
officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at
the request in writing of stockholders owing a majority of the capital stock of
the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of

                                       1

<PAGE>



the proposed  meeting.  Written notice of a Special Meeting  stating the place,
date and hour of the meeting  and the purpose or purposes  for which the meeting
is called  shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days  before the
date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

     Section 4.  Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock
issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not
be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have
power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At
such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any
business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after
the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice
of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at
the meeting.

     Section 5.  Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-Laws (including without limitation Article III,
Section 7, Article VII, Sections 5 and 6 and Article IX, Section 1 hereof), any
question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote
of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote
thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be
entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote
thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy
but, no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such
proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion,
or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his
discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by
written ballot.

     Section 6.  Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation,
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the
holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes
that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all shares entitled to vote thereof were present and voted. Prompt notice of the
taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.


                                                                             
                                       2

<PAGE>


     Section 7.  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the
Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare
and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete
list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is
present.

     Section 8.  Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the
only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock
ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

                                  ARTICLE III

                                   DIRECTORS

     Section 1.  Number, Election and Removal of Directors. The Board of
Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the
exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and
thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
shall at all times include at least one Director (the "Independent Director")
who is not a director, officer, 5% stockholder, employee or former employee of
the Corporation's direct or indirect parent or its subsidiaries. Except as
provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality
of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so
elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor
is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any
director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need
not be stockholders. At any time, Directors may be removed and their successors
chosen by the unanimous written consent of the holders of the outstanding stock
of the Corporation entitled to vote on the election of Directors.

     Section 2.  Vacancies. Subject to Section 1 of this Article, vacancies and
newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number
of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though
less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen
shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are

                                                                           
                                       3

<PAGE>



duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

     Section 3.  Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be
managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise
all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are
not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws
directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. The directors
of the Corporation shall act independently and in the interests of the
Corporation and in a manner consistent will the purposes stated herein and in
the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

     Section 4.  Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice
at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the
Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by
the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any two directors. Notice
thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each
director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of
the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours notice, or on
such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem
necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

     Section 5.  Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by 
law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the
Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute
a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the
directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of
the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the
Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from
time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a
quorum shall be present.

     Section 6.  Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate
of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be
taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or
committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or
committee.

     Section 7.  Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise
provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board
of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such
committee by means of a

                                                                             
                                       4

<PAGE>



conference telephone or similar  communications  equipment by means of which all
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a
meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall  constitute  presence in person at such
meeting.

     Section 8.  Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees,
each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.
The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members
of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any
meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of
a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an
alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or
disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in
the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and
report to the Board of Directors when required.

     Section 9.  Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any,
of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary
as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.

     Section 10.  Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the
Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the
Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are
counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors
or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the
affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to
his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are

                                                                            
                                       5

<PAGE>



disclosed or are known to the  shareholders  entitled to vote  thereon,  and the
contract or  transaction is  specifically  approved in good faith by vote of the
shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of  the  time  it is  authorized,  approved  or  ratified,  by the  Board  of
Directors,  a  committee  thereof  or the  shareholders.  Common  or  interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the Board of  Directors  or of a  committee  which  authorizes  the  contract or
transaction.

     Section 11.  Voluntary Bankruptcy, Insolvency or Other Similar Proceeding.
No amendment, modification or waiver of the Corporate Separateness Agreement
dated as of July 1, 1994 and no voluntary bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar proceeding may be filed, instituted, approved or take place on behalf of
the Corporation without in each case the prior unanimous vote of the full Board
of Directors (including the Independent Director, or if there is more than one,
all of the Independent Directors) that specifically approves and authorizes such
action.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1.  General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the
Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Vice President, a Secretary and a
Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman
of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Assistant
Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers.
The Corporation shall at all times have at least one executive officer (the
"Independent Officer") who is not a director, officer or employee of the direct
or indirect parent of the Corporation (such executive officer may be the same
person as the one Director, referred to in Article III, Section 1, who is not a
director, officer or employee of the direct or indirect parent of the
Corporation). Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless
otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.
The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor,
except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers
be directors of the Corporation. The officers of the Corporation shall act
independently and in the interests of the Corporation and in a manner consistent
with the purposes stated herein or in the Articles of Incorporation of the
Corporation.

     Section 2.  Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held 
after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the
Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such
powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors; and

                                                                            
                                       6

<PAGE>



all officers of the  Corporation  shall hold office until their  successors  are
chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer
elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the  affirmative
vote of a majority  of the Board of  Directors.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in any
office  of the  Corporation  shall be  filled  by the  Board of  Directors.  The
salaries  of all  officers  of the  Corporation  shall be fixed by the  Board of
Directors.

     Section 3.  Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney,
proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating
to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on
behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice-President and any such
officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such
action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at
any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may
own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and
all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as
the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if
present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer
like powers upon any other person or persons.

     Section 4.  Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board 
of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and of the Board of Directors. He shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the
Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required,
the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the
President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the
Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the
absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The
Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may
exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these
By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

     Section 5.  President. The President shall, subject to the control of the
Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors,
have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that
all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He
shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the
Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where
required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that
the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so
authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the
absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President
shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall
also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time
to

                                       7

<PAGE>



time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

     Section 6.  Vice-Presidents. At the request of the President or in his
absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there be no
Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice-President or the Vice-Presidents
if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors)
shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all
the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each
Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the
Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of
the Board of Directors and no Vice-President, the Board of Directors shall
designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or
in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform
the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

     Section 7.  Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board
of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings
thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also
perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary
shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose
supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to
cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special
meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then
either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to
cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of
the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one,
shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when
so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the
signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give
general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and
to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books,
reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by
law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

     Section 8.  Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the 
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of
Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall

                                                                             
                                       8

<PAGE>



render to the President and the Board of Directors,  at its regular meetings, or
when the Board of Directors so requires,  an account of all his  transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  If required by the
Board of Directors,  the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum
and with  such  surety  or  sureties  as shall be  satisfactory  to the Board of
Directors for the faithful  performance  of the duties of his office and for the
restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or
removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of
whatever  kind  in  his  possession  or  under  his  control  belonging  to  the
Corporation.

     Section 9.  Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in
these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties
and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board
of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the
Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability
or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the Secretary.

     Section 10.  Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any,
shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be
assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President,
if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the
event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the
Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to
all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors,
an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with
such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to
the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

     Section 11.  Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors
may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time
may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may
delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other
officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.


                                   ARTICLE V

                                     STOCK




                                       9

<PAGE>



     Section 1.  Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation
(i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice-President
and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by
him in the Corporation.

     Section 2.  Signatures. Where a certificate is countersigned by (i) a
transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar
other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the
certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 3.  Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new
certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the
Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of
an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the
Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed
certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner
as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in
such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made
against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed.

     Section 4.  Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in
the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be
made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate
or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the
certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be
issued.

     Section 5.  Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders of
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any
rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the
purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix in advance, a
record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days
before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to

                                                                            
                                       10

<PAGE>



any other action.  A determination  of stockholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the
meeting;  provided,  however,  that the Board of Directors  may fix a new record
date for the adjourned meeting.

     Section 6.  Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable
for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of
shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not
it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by
law.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                    NOTICES


     Section 1.  Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director,
member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail,
addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address
as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid,
and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be
deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally
or by telegram, telex or cable.

     Section 2.  Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director,
member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by
the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS


     Section 1.  Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be
declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be
paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of
any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to
time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to

                                                                           
                                       11

<PAGE>



meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining
any property of the  Corporation,  or for any proper  purpose,  and the Board of
Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

     Section 2.  Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

     Section 3.  Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.  Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon
the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words
"Corporate Seal, Delaware". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced, or otherwise.

     Section 5.  Separate Books and Records; Separate Accounts. The Corporation
shall (i) keep correct and complete books and records of account on an
unconsolidated basis, (ii) ensure that its funds and other assets are not
deposited in the same account as, or commingled with, those of its parent or any
subsidiary or affiliate of its parent, and (iii) maintain separate financial
statements, corporate records and books of account from those of its parent or
any subsidiary or affiliate of its parent.

     Section 6.  No Advances or Guarantees. The Corporation shall not (i) make
any advances to, or guarantees on behalf of, its parent or any subsidiary or
affiliate thereof, or (ii) receive from its parent or any subsidiary or
affiliate thereof any advance or guarantee on the Corporation's behalf.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                INDEMNIFICATION


     Section 1.  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than
Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this
Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in

                                                                           
                                       12

<PAGE>



settlement  actually  and  reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with such
action,  suit or  proceeding  if he  acted  in good  faith  and in a  manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
Corporation,  and,  with respect to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable  cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The  termination  of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a
plea of nolo  contendere  or its  equivalent,  shall not,  of  itself,  create a
presumption  that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner  which he
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
Corporation,  and,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  has
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

     Section 2.  Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in 
the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the
fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the
Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application
that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such
expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     Section 3.  Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under 
this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation 
only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in
Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such
determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of
a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or
proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a
quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a
director, officer,

                                                                           
                                       13

<PAGE>



employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or
otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific
case.

     Section 4.  Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under
Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful,
if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or
another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the
Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the
advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on
information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another
enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or
other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another
enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section 4 shall mean
any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this
Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the
circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the
case may be.

     Section 5.  Indemnification by a Court. Notwith-standing any contrary
determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and
notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director,
officer, employee or agent may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in
the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible
under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification
by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this
Article VIII, as the case may be. Notice of any application for indemnification
pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the
filing of such application.

     Section 6.  Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending or
investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding may be paid by
the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or
agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he

                                                                            
                                       14

<PAGE>



is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this
Article VIII.

     Section 7.  Non-exclusivity and Survival of Indemnification. The
indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of
any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under
any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors
or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent
jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to
action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the
Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of
this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The
provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the
indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this
Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify
under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or
otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall continue as
to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such
person.

     Section 8.  Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or another enterprise against any liability asserted against him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

     Section 9.  Meaning of "Corporation" for Purposes of Article VIII. For
purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in
addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including
any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which,
if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority
to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any
person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under
the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its
separate existence had continued.



                                                                           
                                       15

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   AMENDMENTS


     Section 1.  Amendment of By-Laws. Except as otherwise set forth in this
Article IX, these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in
part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of
Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal
or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of
stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must
be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock
entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then
in office. Section 11 of Article III and Sections 5 and 6 of Article VII of
these By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed only upon the unanimous vote
of the full Board of Directors (including the Independent Director, or if there
is more than one, all of the Independent Directors); provided, however, that
notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be
contained in the notice of such meeting of the Board of Directors.

     Section 2.  Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in
these By-Laws generally, the term "entire Board of Directors" means the total
number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

                                                                           
                                       16




                                                                    Exhibit 23.2
                                                                    





                         Independent Auditor's Consent
                        

The Board of Directors
The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.:

     We consent to the use of our report dated January 17, 1995, relating to the
consolidated balance sheets of The CIT Group Holdings,  Inc. and subsidiaries as
of  December  31,  1994 and 1993,  and the related  consolidated  statements  of
income, changes in stockholders'equity,  and cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year peiod ended December 31, 1994,  incorporated by reference in this
Registration  Statement  on  combined  Form S-1 and  Form  S-3 of The CIT  Group
Securitization  Corporation II and The CIT Group  Holdings,  Inc.,  which report
appears in the  December  31, 1994  Annual  Report on Form 10-K of The CIT Group
Holdings,  Inc., and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in
the Registration Statement.

     Our report on the consolidated  financial  statements refers to a change in
the method of  accounting  for  postretirement  benefits  other than pensions in
1993.
                                                  /S/ KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
                                                  --------------------------
                                                  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey
May 10, 1995




                                  Exhibit 24.2

               Powers of Attorney of The CIT Group Holdings, Inc.


<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.


                                                    /s/ ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR.
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Albert R. Gamper, Jr.



<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.


                                                    /s/ HISAO KOBAYASHI
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Hisao Kobayashi



<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.

                                                    /s/ MICHIO MURATA
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Michio Murata


<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.


                                                    /s/ JOSEPH A. POLLICINO
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Joseph A. Pollicino



<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.

                                                    /s/ PAUL N. ROTH
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Paul N. Roth



<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.

                                                    /s/ HIDEO KITAHARA
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Hideo Kitahara



<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.



                                                    /s/ PETER J. TOBIN
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Peter J. Tobin



<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.


                                                    /s/ TOSHIJI TOKIWA
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Toshiji Tokiwa



<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.

                                                    /s/ KEIJI TORII
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Keiji Torii

<PAGE>


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned director and/or
officer of THE CIT GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, which is about
to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a Registration Statement
combined on Form S-1 and Form S-3 for the registration of limited guarantees of
payment on certain Recreational Vehicle Contract Pass-Through Certificates, to
be issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary The CIT Group Securitization
Corporation II, under said Act of up to $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount,
or if issued at an original discount, such greater principal amount as shall
result in an aggregate initial public offering price of up to $175,000,000,
hereby constitutes and appoints ALBERT R. GAMPER, JR., ERNEST D. STEIN, and
DONALD J. RAPSON his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of
them with full power to act without the others, for him and in his name, place,
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign such Registration Statement and
any and all amendments thereto, with power where appropriate to affix the
corporate seal of said corporation thereto and to attest to said seal, and to
file such Registration Statement and each such amendment, with all exhibits
thereto, and any and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and perform any and all acts and things requisite and necessary to be done in
and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on the 5th
day of May, 1995.

                                                    /s/ WILLIAM H. TURNER
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        William H. Turner







© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission